WO2012174096A2 - Personal care compositions comprising a di-amido gellant and methods of using - Google Patents

Personal care compositions comprising a di-amido gellant and methods of using Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012174096A2
WO2012174096A2 PCT/US2012/042228 US2012042228W WO2012174096A2 WO 2012174096 A2 WO2012174096 A2 WO 2012174096A2 US 2012042228 W US2012042228 W US 2012042228W WO 2012174096 A2 WO2012174096 A2 WO 2012174096A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
bis
azanediyl
diylbis
diyl
dibenzyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2012/042228
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2012174096A3 (en
Inventor
Susana Fernandez Prieto
Johan Smets
Beatriu Escuder Gil
Juan Felipe Miravet Celades
Vicent Josep NEBOT CARDA
Paul Robert Tanner
Original Assignee
The Procter & Gamble Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by The Procter & Gamble Company filed Critical The Procter & Gamble Company
Priority to CN201280028925.6A priority Critical patent/CN103930167A/en
Priority to JP2014515956A priority patent/JP2014524901A/en
Priority to EP12729303.3A priority patent/EP2717966A2/en
Publication of WO2012174096A2 publication Critical patent/WO2012174096A2/en
Publication of WO2012174096A3 publication Critical patent/WO2012174096A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/02—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K8/04—Dispersions; Emulsions
    • A61K8/042—Gels
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/40—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing nitrogen
    • A61K8/42—Amides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00—Preparations for care of the skin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2800/00—Properties of cosmetic compositions or active ingredients thereof or formulation aids used therein and process related aspects
    • A61K2800/40—Chemical, physico-chemical or functional or structural properties of particular ingredients
    • A61K2800/48—Thickener, Thickening system

Definitions

  • compositions comprising a di-amido gellarit that is compatible with a broad range of personal care ingredients.
  • compositions include anti-aging lotions, after-shave balms, hair styling products, mascaras, and the like.
  • Structurants are typically selected based upon the particular phase being structured. Structurant selection may be limited if the composition includes reactive materials such as anionic species that can complex with cationic structurants. Structurant selection may be further limited given the pH of the personal care composition. Low or high pH can limit the efficacy of many structurants.
  • compositions comprising a di-amido gellant, wherein the di-amido gellant has a formula:
  • Ri and R 2 are aminofunctional end-groups which may be the same or different, and L is a linking moiety of rholecular weight from 14 to 500 g/mol; and wherein the personal care composition is a leave-on composition.
  • a personal care composition in the form of an emulsion comprising an aqueous phase, an oil phase, and a di-amido gellant as previously described.
  • a personal care composition comprising a di-amido gellant, as previously described and an active or agent selected from a group consisting of sugar amines, vitamins, oil control agents, photosterols, hexamidine compounds, tightening agents, anti-wrinkle actives, anti-atrophy actives, flavonoids, N-acyl amino acid compounds, retinoids, peptides, particulate materials, UV actives, photostabilizers, anti-cellulite agents, desquamation actives, anti-acne actives, antioxidants, radical scavengers, conditioning agents, anti-inflammatory agents, tanning actives, skin lightening agents, botanical extracts, antimicrobial actives, antifungal actives, antibacterial actives, antiperspirant actives, sensates, preservatives, anti-dandruff actives, substantivity
  • compositions of the present invention can comprise, consist essentially of, or consist of, the essential components as well as optional ingredients described herein.
  • “consisting essentially of” means that the composition or component may include additional ingredients, but only if the additional ingredients do not materially alter the basic and novel characteristics of the claimed compositions or methods.
  • compositions suitable for topical application on mammalian keratinous tissue means compositions suitable for topical application on mammalian keratinous tissue.
  • applying means to apply or spread the compositions of the present invention onto keratinous tissue such as the epidermis.
  • keratinous tissue refers to keratin-containing layers disposed as the outermost protective covering of mammals (e.g. , humans, dogs, cats, etc.) which includes, but is not limited to, skin, lips, hair, toenails, fingernails, cuticles, hooves, etc.
  • compositions or components described are suitable for use in contact with human skin tissue without undue toxicity, incompatibility, instability, allergic response, and the like.
  • the term "safe and effective amount” means an amount of a compound or composition sufficient to significantly induce a positive benefit.
  • the term “leave-on,” in reference to compositions, means compositions intended to be applied to and allowed to remain on the keratinous tissue. These leave-on compositions are to be distinguished from compositions which are applied to the skin and subsequently (in a few minutes or less) removed either by washing, rinsing, wiping, or the like. Leave-on compositions exclude rinse-off applications such as shampoos, facial cleansers, hand cleansers, body wash, or body cleansers. The leave-on compositions may be substantially free of cleansing or detersive surfactants. For example, "leave-on compositions" may be left on the keratinous tissue for at least 15 minutes.
  • leave-on compositions may comprise less than 1 % detersive surfactants, less than 0.5% detersive surfactants, or 0% detersive surfactants.
  • the compositions may, however, contain emulsifying or other processing surfactants that are not intended to provide any significant cleansing benefits when applied topically to the skin.
  • derivatives means an ester, ether, amide, hydroxy, and/or salt structural analogue of the relevant compound.
  • to structure means to increase viscosity, yield, thicken, solidify, or provide solid or crystalline structure to the personal care composition
  • soluble means at least about 0.1 g of solute dissolves in 100 ml of solvent, at 25 °C and 1 aim of pressure.
  • the personal care composition includes a di-amido gellant.
  • the di-amido gellant may serve as a structurant in the personal care composition.
  • the personal care composition may comprise from about 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, 1 %, 2.5%, 5%, 7.5%, or 10% to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%, 3%, 2%, 1 %, or 0.5% of the di-amido gellant.
  • the di-amido gellant may be used in an aqueous phase including water and/or water soluble solvents.
  • the di-amido gellant may be used in an oil phase including oils described herein.
  • the di-amido gellant comprises at least two nitrogen atoms, wherein at least two of said nitrogen atoms form amido functional substitution groups.
  • the amido groups are different.
  • the amido functional groups are the same.
  • the di- amido gellant has the following formula:
  • R i and R 2 re aminofunctional end-groups which may be the same or different and L is a linking moiety of molecular weight from 14 to 500 g/mol.
  • Aminofunctional end-groups include amino or amido groups. Suitable aminofunctional end-groups are exemplified in greater detail below.
  • R i is R3 or
  • AA is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R3 and R4 independently have the formula:
  • (m + q) is from 1 to 10, such that R
  • L has the formula:
  • L', L" from formula [II] and A, B, C, D from formula [III] are independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • R, R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • ein r is an integer from 1 to 20 and Y + is a cation.
  • R, R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of
  • the di-amido gellant is characterized in that L is an al iphatic linking group with a backbone chain of from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as -(CH2) n - wherein n is selected from 2 to 20, and Ri and R2 both have the formula:
  • AA is selected from the group consisting of: or from the group consisting of:
  • R is selected from the group:
  • R, R', and R" can independently be selected from the group consisting of: an ethoxy group, an epoxy group with 1 to 15 ethoxy or epoxy units.
  • the R, R' and R" may comprise a functional end group selected from the group consisting of: an aromatic, alicyclic, heteroaromatic, heterocyclic group including mono-, di-, and oligo-polysaccharides.
  • L may be selected from C2 to C20, C6 to C I 2, or C8 to CIO hydrocarbyl chain.
  • the di-amido gellant may have a molecular weight from 150 to 1500 g/mol, from 300 g mol to 900 g mol, or from 400 g/mol to 700 g/mol.
  • two or more of L, L' and L" are the same group.
  • the di-amido gellant molecule can be symmetric with respect to the L entity or can be asymmetric. Without intending to be bound by theory, it is believed that symmetric di-amido gellant molecules allow for more orderly structured networks to form whereas compositions comprising one or more asymmetric di-amido gellant molecules can create disordered networks. The types of interactions between the di-amido gellant molecules are described in detail hereinafter.
  • the AA comprises at least one of: Alanine, ⁇ -Alanine and substituted Alanines; Linear Amino-Alkyl Carboxylic Acid; Cyclic Amino-Alkyl Carboxylic Acid; Aminobenzoic Acid Derivatives; Aminobutyric Acid Derivatives; Arginine and Homologues; Asparagine; Aspartic Acid; p-Benzoyl-Phenylalanine; B iphenylalanine; Citrulline; Cyclopropylalanine; Cyclopentylalanine; Cyclohexylalanine; Cysteine, Cystine and Derivatives; Diaminobutyric Acid Derivatives; Diaminopropionic Acid; Glutamic Acid Derivatives; Glutamine; Glycine; Substituted Glycines; Histidine; Homoserine; Indole Derivatives; Isoleucine; Leucine and Derivatives; Lysine;
  • the molecule may also comprise protective groups, preferably from 1 to 2 protective groups.
  • protective groups preferably from 1 to 2 protective groups. Examples of suitable protective groups are provided in "Protecting Groups", P.J. Kocienski, ISBN 313 1 35601 4, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stutgart; and "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", T.W. Greene, P.G.M. Wuts, ISBN 0-471 -62301-6, John Wiley& Sons, Inc, New York.
  • the di-amido gellant is a thermoreversible gellant such as described in US Patent 7,332,529.
  • An example of this molecule is provided below:
  • each R is C9 to C 12 alkyl, provided that when X is C6 alkylene, each R must be C I O alkyl.
  • each R is C I O alkyl.
  • each R is C I O alkyl and X is C6 or C 12 alkylene.
  • each R is C I 2 alkyl.
  • each R is C 12 alkyl and X is C I 2 alkylene.
  • the di-amido gellant preferably may have a minimum gelling concentration (MGC) of from about 0.1 mg/mL or 0.5 mg/mL to about 100 mg/mL, 25 mg/mL, or l Omg/mL in the personal care composition, in accordance with the MGC Test Method.
  • MGC minimum gelling concentration
  • the MGC as used herein can be represented as mg/ml or as a wt %, where wt% is calculated as the MGC in mg/ml divided by 10.
  • the MGC is at least 0.1 mg/mL, at least 0.3 mg/mL, at least 0.5 mg/mL, at least 1 .0 mg/mL, at least 2.0 mg/mL, at least 5.0 mg/mL of di- amido gellant.
  • Tables 1 -3 exemplify particular di-amido gellants suitable for use in a personal care composition:
  • Table 2 Non-limiting examples of di-amido gellants of use in a personal care composition dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-1 , 1 '-(ethane- 1 ,2- dibenzy 1 (2S ,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(propane- 1 ,3- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1 - diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1 - diyl)dicarbamate diyl)dicarbamate
  • the personal care composition may comprise a mixture of two or more di-amido gellant structurants.
  • a mixture may include di-amido gellant structurants with differing solubilites in the carrier or solvent to be structured.
  • the personal care composition may be a skin care, anti-perspirant, deodorant, cosmetic, or hair care product.
  • the personal care composition may be used as, for example, a moisturizer, conditioner, anti-aging compound, skin lightener, sunscreen, sunless tanner, shave preparation, lipstick, foundation, mascara, after-shave, and combinations thereof.
  • the composition is applied to the face, neck, hands, arms, and other typically exposed areas of the body.
  • the personal care composition may involve a wide variety of forms. Non-limiting examples include simple solutions (e.g. , water or oil based), dispersions, and emulsions.
  • the personal care composition may be substantially anhydrous. "Substantially anhydrous” means that the composition comprises no more than about 1 %, 0.5%, or, 0% water.
  • the personal care compositions may be fluid or solid (gels, sticks, flowable solids, amorphous materials).
  • the personal care composition is in the form of an emulsion. Emulsion may be generally classified as having a continuous aqueous phase (e.g. , oil-in-water and water- in-oil-in-water) or a continuous oil phase (e.g. , water-in-oil and oil-in-water-in-oil).
  • the personal care composition has a turbidity of from about 5 NTU to less than about 3000 NTU, 1000 NTU, 500 NTU, or 100 NTU.
  • the personal care composition may be in a form comprising at least one discrete, visually distinct first phase and at least one discrete, visually distinct second phase.
  • “visually distinct” means that the phases can be separately seen by the human eye as distinctly separate regions (i.e. , not emulsions or dispersions of particles.
  • at least one phase forms a stable pattern, for example a continuous or discontinuous line, a spiral, a curve, or other geometric shape, within a transparent phase, where "within” means that one phase is substantially surrounded by the other phase the and does not contact the side of a container.
  • the phases may form a swirled pattern, wherein both phases alternately contact the side of a container and wherein the width of each of phase, when viewed through the side of a transparent container, is substantially constant, but may differ from each other.
  • the phases may form a marbled pattern, wherein the phases alternately contact the side of the container and wherein the width of the individual phases, when viewed through the side of a transparent container, may vary throughout the composition.
  • the first phase is a transparent, clear or translucent aqueous phase and the second phase is either an opaque white or colored non-aqueous phase.
  • at least one aqueous phase forms a pattern within a non-aqueous phase.
  • composition optionally may comprise a three or more visually distinct and stable phases. Discrete, visually distinct multi-phase compositions are described in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2007/0297996, 2004/0057920, and 2004/02191 19.
  • the personal care composition may comprise a carrier.
  • Carriers may be selected for various stability, aesthetics, and/or compatibility with other materials present in the personal care composition.
  • Suitable carriers include water and/or water soluble solvents.
  • the personal care composition may comprise from about 1 % to about 95 % by weight of water and/or water- equivalent solvent.
  • the composition may comprise from about 1 %, 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% to about 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10% , or 5% water and/or a water-equivalent solvent.
  • Water-equivalent solvent refers to a compound which has a similar ability as water to solubilize a material.
  • Suitable water-equivalent solvents include monohydric alcohols, clihydric alcohols, polyhydric alcohols, glycerol, glycols, polyalkylenc glycols such as polyethylene glycol, and mixtures thereof.
  • Particularly suitable solvents include lower aliphatic alcohols such as ethanol, propanol, butanol, isopropanol; diols such as 1 ,2-propanediol, 1 ,3-propanediol, butanediol, pentanediol, hexanediol, heptanediol, decanediol; glycerin; water, and mixtures thereof.
  • the personal care composition comprises water, diols, glycerin, and combinations thereof.
  • Suitable carriers also include oils.
  • the personal care composition may comprise from about 1 % to about 95 % by weight of one or more oils.
  • the composition may comprise from about 1 %, 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% to about 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, or 5% of one or more oils.
  • Oils may be used to solubilize, disperse, or carry materials that are not suitable for water or water-equivalent solvents.
  • Suitable oils include silicones, hydrocarbons, esters, fatty amides, ethers, and mixtures thereof. Oils may be fluid at room temperature. However, certain personal care product forms (i.e. , solid or semi- solid stick) may require non-fluid oils.
  • the oils may be volatile or nonvolatile. "Non-volatile” means a material that exhibits a vapor pressure of no more than about 0.2 mm Hg at 25°C at one atmosphere and/or a material that has a boiling point at one atmosphere of at least about 300°C. "Volatile” means that the material exhibits a vapor pressure of at least about 0.2 mm. of mercury at 20° C. Volatile oils may be used to provide a lighter feel when a heavy, greasy film is undesirable.
  • Suitable oils include volatile oils.
  • the volatile oils may have a viscosity ranging from about 0.5 to about 5 centistokes 25°C.
  • Volatile oils may be used to promote more rapid drying of the skin care composition after it is applied to skin.
  • Nonvolatile oils are also suitable for use in the composition.
  • Nonvolatile oils are often used for emolliency and protective properties.
  • Nonvolatile oils preferably may have a viscosity ranging from about 5 to about 800,000 est (or greater) or from about 20 to about 200,000 est.
  • Suitable silicone oils include polysiloxanes.
  • Polylsiloxanes may have a viscosity of from about 0.5 to about 1 ,000,000 centistokes at 25°C.
  • Such polysiloxanes can be represented by the general chemical formula:
  • R is independently selected from hydrogen or Cuo straight or branched chain, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, phenyl or aryl, trialkylsi loxy; and x is an integer from 0 to about 10,000, chosen to achieve the desired molecular.
  • R is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl.
  • Commercially available polysiloxanes include the polydimethylsiloxanes, which are also known as dimethicones, examples of which include the DM-Fluid series from Shin-Etsu, the Vicasil ® series sold by Momentive Performance Materials Inc., and the Dow Corning ® 200 series sold by Dow Corning Corporation.
  • suitable polydimethylsiloxanes include Dow Corning® 200 fluids (also sold as Xiameter® PMX-200 Silicone Fluids) having viscosities of 0.65, 1 .5, 50, 100, 350, 10,000, 1 2,500 100,000, and 300,000 centistokes.
  • Suitable dimethicones include those represented by the chemical formula:
  • R and R are each independently hydrogen or C1.30 straight or branched chain, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, aryl, or trialkylsiloxy; and x and y are each integers of 1 to 1 ,000,000 selected to achieve the desired molecular weight.
  • Suitable silicones include phenyl dimethicone (BotansilTM PD- 151 from Botanigenics, Inc.), diphenyl dimethicone (KF-53 and F-54 from Shin-Etsu), phenyl trimethicone (556 Cosmetic Grade Fluid from Dow Corning), or trimethylsiloxyphenyl dimethicone (PDM-20, PDM-200, or PDM- 1000 from Wacker-Belsil).
  • alkyl dimethicones wherein at least R' is a fatty alkyl (e.g. , Ci 2 . 2 2).
  • a suitable alkyl dimethicone is cetyl dimethicone, wherein R' is a straight C16 chain and R is methyl. Cetyl dimethicone, is available as s 2502 Cosmetic Fluid from Dow Corning or as Abil Wax 9801 or 9814 from Evonik Goldschmidt GmbH.
  • Cyclic silicones are one type of silicone oil that may be used in the composition. Such silicones have the general formula:
  • a mixture of cyclomethicones is used where n is 4, 5, and/or 6.
  • silicone oils suitable for use in the personal care composition include polymers having the general formula:
  • R 1 is hydrogen, phenyl, hydroxy, or C
  • R 2 is hydrogen, phenyl or a yl, or a saturated hydrocarbon radical, preferably an a!kyl radical from about C
  • An exemplary silicone polymer is trimethylsilylamodimethicone as shown in the following formula:
  • Another exemplary silicone polymer is represented by the general formula:
  • R 3 is a monovalent hydrocarbon radical from Ci to Cig, preferably an alkyl or alkenyl, such as methyl;
  • R is a hydrocarbon, preferably a C] to C) 8 alkylene or a Ci 0 to Ci 8 alkyleneoxy, more preferably a Ci to C 8 alkyleneoxy;
  • Q " is a halide ion, preferably chloride;
  • r is an average statistical value from 2 to 20, preferably from 2 to 8;
  • s is an average statistical value from 20 to 200, preferably from 20 to 50.
  • a suitable polymer of this class is known as UCARE SILICONE ALE 56TM, available from Union Carbide.
  • Other suitable silicone materials are disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0039103 A l .
  • Suitable hydrocarbon oils include straight or branched chain alkanes and alkenes. The chain length may be selected based on desired functional characteristics such as volatility. Suitable hydrocarbon oils may have between 5-20 carbon atoms or, alternately, between 8-16 carbon atoms. Suitable hydrocarbons include pcntane, hexane, heptane, decane, dodecane, tetradecane, tridecane, and Cs-2o isoparaffins as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,439,088 and 3,818, 105.
  • Suitable hydrocarbons include isooctane, isododecane, isohexadecane, isoeicosane by Permethyl Corporation under the tradename Permethyl®.
  • Suitable hydrocarbon oils may have greater than about 20 carbon atoms. Examples of such hydrocarbon oils include C24-28 olefins, C30-45 olefins, C2 0 -40 isoparaffins, hydrogenated polyisobulene, polyisobutene, polydecene, hydrogenated polydecene, mineral oil, pentahydrosqualene, squalene, squalane, and mixtures thereof.
  • esters typically contain at least 10 carbon atoms. These esters include esters with hydrocarbyl chains derived from fatty acids or alcohols (e.g. , mono-esters, polyhydric alcohol esters, and di- and tri-carboxylic acid esters). The hydrocarbyl radicals of the esters hereof may include or have covalently bonded thereto other compatible functionalities, such as amides and alkoxy moieties (e.g. , ethoxy or ether linkages, etc.).
  • esters include, but are not limited to, isopropyl isostearate, hexyl laurate, isohexyl laurate, isohexyl palmitale, isopropyl palmitate, decyl oleate, isodecyl oleate, hexadecyl siearate, decyl stearate, isopropyl isostearate, dihexyldecyl adipate, lauryl lactate, myristyl lactate, cetyl lactate, oleyl stearate, oleyl oleate, oleyl myristate, lauryl acetate, cetyl propionate, and oleyl adipate.
  • Other suitable esters are further described in the Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2010, under the functional category of "Esters.”
  • esters suitable for use in the personal care composition include mono-carboxylic acid esters of the general formula R'COOR, wherein R' and R are straight or branched chain, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, aryl, and wherein sum of carbon atoms in R' and R is at least 10,
  • a suitable monoester is alkyl benzoate such as C I 2- 15 alkyl benzoate.
  • esters suitable for use in the personal care composition include di- and tri-alkyl and alkenyl esters of carboxylic acids, such as esters of C4 to C « dicarboxylic acids (e.g. C
  • di- and tri- alkyl and alkenyl esters of carboxylic acids include isocetyl stearyol stearate, diisopropyl adipate, dibutyl adipate, and tristearyl citrate.
  • esters suitable for use in the personal care composition include those known as polyhydric alcohol esters.
  • Such polyhydric alcohol esters include alkylene glycol esters, such as ethylene glycol mono and di-fatty acid esters, diethylene glycol mono- and di-fatty acid esters, polyethylene glycol mono- and di-fatty acid esters, propylene glycol mono- and di-fatty acid esters, polypropylene glycol monooleate, polypropylene glycol 2000 monostearate, ethoxylated propylene glycol monostearate, glyceryl mono- and di-fatty acid esters, polyglycerol poly-fatty acid esters, ethoxylated glyceryl monostearate, 1 ,3-butylene glycol monostearate, 1 ,3-butylene glycol distcarate, polyoxyethylene polyol fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid esters, and polyoxy- ethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters.
  • esters suitable for use in the personal care composition include glycerides, including, but not limited to, mono-, di-, and tri-glycerides.
  • the glycerides may be mono-, di-, and tri-esters of glycerol and long chain carboxylic acids, such as Cio to C22 carboxylic acids.
  • a variety of these types of materials can be obtained from vegetable and animal fats and oils, such as castor oil, safflower oil, cottonseed oil, corn oil, olive oil, cod liver oil, almond oil, avocado oil, palm oil, sesame oil, sweet almond oil, apricot kernel oil, camelina sativa oil, rapeseed oil, tamanu seed oil, linseed oil, coconut oil, lanolin oil, soybean oil, and the like.
  • Synthetic oils include, but are not limited to, triolein and tristearin glyceryl dilaurate.
  • glyceryl esters of fatty acids include fatty acid mono-, di-, and triglycerides which are natural fats or oils that have been modified such as glyceryl stearate, diglyceryl diiosostearate, polyglyceryl-3 isostearate, polyglyceryl-4 isostearate, polyglyceryl-6 ricinoleate, glyceryl dioleate, glyceryl diisotearate, glyceryl tetraisostearate, glyceryl trioctanoate, diglyceryl distearate, glyceryl linoleate, glyceryl myristate, glyceryl isostearate, PEG castor oils, PEG glyceryl oleates, PEG glyceryl stearates, PEG glyceryl tallowates, and the like.
  • Suitable oils include fatty amides.
  • Fatty amides include compounds having an amide functional group while being liquid at 25 °C and insoluble in water.
  • the fatty amide may have the general formula:
  • R l is an optionally functionalized, aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated, monovalent hydrocarbon radical containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms (alternately, from 1 to 22 carbon atoms);
  • R2, R3 and R4, which may be identical or different, are hydrogen or optionally functionalized, aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated, monovalent hydrocarbon radicals containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to 22 carbon atoms; r is 0 or 1 ; q is an integer from 0 to 2; and p equals 0 or 1 .
  • Particular fatty amides include N-acetyl-N-butylaminopropionate, isopropyl N-lauroylsarcosinate, and N, ,-diethyltoluamide.
  • Other suitable fatty amides are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,872,401.
  • Other suitable oils include ethers.
  • Suitable ethers include saturated and unsaturated fatty ethers of a polyhydric alcohol, and alkoxylatcd derivatives thereof.
  • Exemplary ethers include C4- 2 0 alkyl ethers of polypropylene glycols, and di-Cg.30 alkyl ethers. Suitable examples of these materials include PPG- 14 butyl ether, PPG- 15 stearyl ether, dioctyl ether, dodecyl octyl ether, and mixtures thereof.
  • the personal care composition may comprise an emulsifier.
  • An emulsifier is particularly suitable when the composition is in the form of an emulsion or if immiscible materials are being combined.
  • the skin care composition may comprise from about 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 20%, 10%, 5%, 3%, 2%, or 1 % emulsifier.
  • Emulsifiers may be nonionic, anionic or cationic. Non-limiting examples of emulsifiers are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,755,560, U.S. Patent 4,421 ,769, and cCutcheon's, Emulsifiers and Detergents, 2010 Annual Ed., published by M. C.
  • Suitable emulsifiers are further described in the Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2006, under the functional category of "Surfactants - Emulsifying Agents.”
  • Suitable emulsifying ethers and esters include:
  • Ethers of polyglycols and of fatty alcohols - including saturated or unsaturated Cn-30 alcohols (e.g., oleyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol or behenyl alcohol) and polyglycols comprising n number of oxyalkylene groups wherein n an integer from 1 to 200 or, alternately, from 2 to 30 (e.g. , 1 to 20 oxyethylene groups).
  • Particular examples include compounds with the INCI names of slearefh-H, beheneth-n or oleth-/z.
  • Suitable examples include compounds having the INCI names steareth-8, steareth- 10, stearelh- 16, steareth-20, ceteth- 10, laureth-4, laureth-3, trideceth-6, ceteareth-5, oleth- 10, and beneth- 10.
  • Esters of polyglycols and of fatty acids - including saturated or unsaturated C12-30 fatty acids (e.g. , oleic acid, cetylic acid, stearic acid) and polyglycols comprising n number of oxyalkylene groups wherein n an integer from 1 to 200 or alternately, 1 to 50 (e.g. , 1 to 20 oxyethylene groups).
  • Particular examples include compounds with the INCI name VEG-n stearate or PEG-n oleate).
  • Suitable examples include polyethylene glycol-8 monostearate, polyethylene glycol- 10, or polyethylene glycol- 12 distearatc.
  • Ethers of polyglycols and of fatty alcohols which are glycosylated - including C12-30 alcohols having from 1 to 10 glycosyl groups and polyglycols comprising n number of oxyalkylene groups wherein n an integer from 1 to 200 (e.g. , 1 to 20 oxyethylene groups).
  • Esters of C 1 -30 fatty acids and of glycerol or of polyglycerol - including esters comprising from 1 to 10 glycerol groups include hexa-glyceryl monosterate, diglyceryl distearate, tetraglyceryl tristearate, decaglyceryl decastearate, diglyceryl monostearate, hexaglyceryl tristearate, decaglyceryl pentastearate, the ester of glycerol and of palmitic and stearic acids, and glyceryl mono- and dibehenate.
  • Ethers of oxyalkylene-modified C12-30 alcohols and of glycerol or polyglycerol are Ethers of oxyalkylene-modified C12-30 alcohols and of glycerol or polyglycerol.
  • Ethers of C12-30 fatty alcohols comprising and of sucrose or glucose - Suitable examples include compounds with the I NCI names of C I 2- 18 alkylglucoside, C12-20 alkylglucoside (e.g. , Montanov L from Seppic), cetearyl glucoside (e.g. , a mixture with cetearyl alcohol under the reference Montanov 68 from Seppic), myristyl glucoside (e.g. , a mixture with myristyl alcohol under the reference Montanov 14 from Seppic) or cetearyl glucoside (e.g., Tegocare CG 90 from Evonik Goldschmidt),
  • cetearyl glucoside e.g., Tegocare CG 90 from Evonik Goldschmidt
  • Esters of sucrose and of C 12-30 fatty acids include sucrose distearate or sucrose tristearate, sucrose cocoate, sucrose dilaurate, sucrose distearate, sucrose hexaerucate, sucrose hexapalmitate, sucrose laurate, sucrose mortierellate, sucrose myristate, sucrose oleatc, sucrose palmitate, sucrose pentaerucate, sucrose polybehenate, sucrose polycottonscedale, sucrose polylaurate, sucrose polylinoleate, sucrose polyoleate, sucrose polypalmate, sucrose polysoyate, sucrose polystearate, sucrose ricinoleale, sucrose stearate, sucrose tetraisostearate, and sucrose trilauratc.
  • a suitable example includes the mixture of esters (mono- and polyesters) of stearic acid and of sucrose sold as Crodesta Fl 10 by Croda.
  • Esters of pentaerythritol and of C 12.30 fatty acids include pentaerythritol tetrastearate.
  • Esters of sorbitol and/or of sorbitan and of C 12-30 fatty acids include sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan tristearate, or sorbitan laurate, such as Span 20 from Uniqema, Ethers of sorbitol and/or of sorbitan and of alkoxylated sorbitan- Suitable examples include sorbeth-8 beeswax or sorbeth-20 beeswax from Nikko Chemical.
  • Ethers of polyglycols and of cholesterol - Particular examples include choleth-3, choleth- 10 (such as Emalex CS- 10 from Nihon Emulsion Company), choleth- 15 (such as Emalex CS- 15 from Nihon Emulsion Company) or choleth-20 (such as Emalex CS-20 from Nihon Emulsion Company).
  • Esters of C] 2 -3o fatty acids and of alkoxylated ethers of sorbitol and/or of Suitable examples include polysorbate-60, polysorbate-61 , sorbeth-3 isostearate, polyoxyethylenated 4 OE sorbitan monostearate, and polyoxyethylenated 20 OE sorbitan tristearate.
  • Linear or branched type silicone emulsifiers may also be used.
  • Particularly useful polyether modified silicones include KF-601 1 , KF-6012, KF-6013, KF-6015, KF-6015, KF- 6017, KF-6043, KF-6028, and KF-6038 from Shin Etsu.
  • Also particularly useful are the polyglycerolated linear or branched siloxane emulsifiers including KF-61 00, KF-6104, and KF- 6105 from Shin Etsu.
  • Exemplary materials include materials with the following International Nomenclature of Cosmetic Ingredients (INCI) designations: Bis-Butyldimethicone Polyglyceryl- 3; Bis-PEG/PPG- 14/14 Dimethicone; Bis-butyldimethicone Polyglyceryl-3; Bis-isobutyl PEG/PPG- 10/7 Dimethicone copolymer; Bis- PEG/PPG- 18/6 Dimethicone; Bis-PEG/PPG-20/20 Dimethicone; Bis-PEG/PPG- 16/16 PEG/PPG-16/16 Dimethicone; Bis(PPG-7 Undeceneth-21 - Dimethicone; Cetyl Dimethicone PEG-7 Acetate; Cetyl PEG-8 Dimethicone; Cetyl PEG/PPG- 15/16 Butyl Ether Dimethicone; Cetyl .
  • ICI International Nomenclature of Cosmetic Ingredients
  • Emulsi fiers also include emulsifying silicone elastomers.
  • Suitable emulsifying silicone elastomers may include at least one polyalkyl ether or polyglycerolated unit. These cross-linked elastomers may also be co-modified to include alkyl substituents. Suitable formation techniques are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,236,986; 5,412,004; 5,837,793 ; and 5,81 1 ,487.
  • Polyoxyalylenated emulsifying silicone elastomers that may be used in at least one embodiment of the invention include those sold by Shin-Etsu Silicones under the names KSG-21 , KSG-20, KSG-30, SG-3 1 , KSG-32, KSG-33; KSG-210 (dimethicone/PEG- 10/15 crosspolymer dispersed in dimethicone); SG-310 (PEG- 15 lauryl dimethicone crosspolymer); KSG-320 (PEG- 15 lauryl dimethicone crosspolymer dispersed in isododecane); KSG-330 (PEG- 15 lauryl dimethicone crosspolymer dispersed in triethylhexanoin), KSG-340 (PEG- 10 lauryl dimethicone crosspolymer and PEG- 15 lauryl dimethicone crosspolymer).
  • silicone emulsifying elastomers are supplied by Dow CorningTM, including PEG- 12 dimethicone crosspolymers (DC 9010 and 901 1 ).
  • suitable silicone emulsifiers sold by Dow Corning include DC9010 and DC901 1.
  • Polyglycerolated emulsifying silicone elastomers are disclosed in PCT/WO 2004/024798.
  • Such elastomers include Shin-Etsu's KSG series, such as KSG-710 (dimethicone/polyglycerin-3 crosspolymer dispersed in dimethicone); or lauryl dimethicone/polyglycerin-3 crosspolymer dispersed in a variety of solvent such as isododecane, dimethicone, triethylhexanoin, available as KSG-810, SG-820, KSG-830, or KSG-840 from Shin-Etsu.
  • Another suitable crosslinked silicone elastomer emulsifier is dimethicone/PEG- 10/15 crosspolymer, which provides excellent aesthetics due to its elastomeric backbone, but also excellent emulsification properties.
  • Further examples of crosslinked organosiloxane emulsifiers include, but are not limited to dimethicone/dimethicone PEG/PPG 15 crosspolymer; dimethicone PEG-10 crosspolymer; dimethicone PEG- 10/15 crosspolymer; dimethicone PEG- 15 crosspolymer; dimethicone polyglycerin-3 crosspolymer; dimethicone PPG-20 crosspolymer; lauryl dimethicone PEG- 1 5 crosspolymer; lauryl dimethicone polyglycerin-3 crosspolymer; PEG-8 dimethicone polysorbate-20 crosspolymer; PEG- 10 dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer
  • silicone elastomers may be supplied pre-swollen with a solvent.
  • the weight percentages recited for emulsifier use i.e. , from about 0.05% to about 20%, from about 0.1 % to about 10%, from about 0.5% to about 5%, or from about 1 % to about 3% emulsifier
  • the weight percentages recited for emulsifier use are of the elastomer alone (i.e., excluding the weight of the solvent).
  • the personal care composition may comprise structuring agent in addition to the di-amido gellant described above.
  • Structuring agents may be used to increase viscosity, thicken, solidify, or provide solid or crystalline structure to the personal care composition.
  • Structuring agents are typically grouped based on solubility, dispersibility, or phase compatibility.
  • aqueous or water structuring agents include polymeric agents, natural or synthetic gums, polysaccharides, and the like.
  • the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, 1 %, 2%, 3%, 5% to about 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, 4%, or 2%, by weight of the composition, of one or more structuring agents.
  • Polysaccharides and gums may be used as aqueous phase thickening agents.
  • examples of such polysaccharides and gums include naturally derived materials such as agar, agarose, alicaligenes polysaccharides, algin, alginic acid, acacia gum, amylopectin, chitin, dextran, cassia gum, cellulose gum, gelatin, gellan gum, hyaluronic acid, hydroxyethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, pectin, sclerotium gum, xanthan gum, pectin, trehelose, gelatin, ammonium alginate, calcium alginate, calcium carrageenan, carnitine, carrageenan, guar gum, guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride, hyaluroinic acid, hydroxypropyl chitosan, hydroxypropyl guar, karaya gum,
  • Suitable polysaccharides include alkyl hydroxyalkyl cellulose ethers such as cetyl hydroxyethylcellulose, which is the ether of cetyl alcohol and hydroxyethylcellulose. This material is sold under the tradename Natrosol® Plus CS from Ashland Aqualon Functional I ngredients.
  • Other useful polysaccharides include scleroglucans comprising a linear chain of ( 1 -3) linked glucose units with a ( 1 -6) linked glucose every three units, a commercially available example of which is ClearogelTM CS 1 1 from .M.P., Inc.
  • Suitable classes of polymeric structuring agents include but are not limited to carboxylic acid polymers, polyacrylamide polymers, sulfonated polymers, high molecular weight polyalkylglycols or polyglycerins, copolymers thereof, hydrophobically modified derivatives thereof, and mixtures thereof.
  • Carboxylic acid polymers include carbomers. These polymers are crosslinked compounds containing one or more monomers derived from acrylic acid, substituted acrylic acids, and salts and esters of these acrylic acids and the substituted acrylic acids, wherein the crosslinking agent contains two or more carbon-carbon double bonds and is derived from a polyhydric alcohol.
  • Suitable materials includes include the Carbopol ® 900 series (e.g.
  • Other suitable carboxylic acid polymeric agents include copolymers of C
  • C alcohol esters wherein the crosslinking agent is an allyl ether of sucrose or pentaerytritol.
  • crosslinking agent is an allyl ether of sucrose or pentaerytritol.
  • copolymers are known as acrylates/Cio.30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymers and are commercially available as Carbopol ® 1 342, Carbopol ® 1382, PEMULENTM TR-1 , and PEMULENTM TR-2, from Noveon, Inc.
  • Sulfonated polymers include polymers and copolymers containing 2-acrylamido-2- methylpropane sulfonic acid (i.e. , AMPS or acryloyldimcthyl tauric acid) and salts thereof.
  • 2-acrylamido-2- methylpropane sulfonic acid i.e. , AMPS or acryloyldimcthyl tauric acid
  • Exemplary AMPS structurants include sodium acrylate/sodium acryloyldimcthyl taurate copolymer available as SIMULGEL® EG and SIMULGEL® EPG or hydroxyethyl acrylate/sodium acryloyldimethyl taurate copolymer available as SIMULGEL® NS, SIM ULGEL® FL, and SIMULGEL ® I-NS 100; which are available from Seppic Corporation (Fairfield, N.J .).
  • Another suitable sulfonated polymer is sodium polyacryloyldimethyl taurate available as Simul gel ® 800 f rom Seppic Corporation (Fairfield, N.J.).
  • Suitable sulfonated polymers include acrylamide/sodium acryloyldimcthyltaurate/acrylic acid copolymer available as AcudyneTM SCP from Rohm and Haas Company, Inc.; acrylamide/sodium acryloyldimethyltaurate copolymer available as Simulgel ® 600 from Seppic; ammonium acryloyldimethyltaurate/beheneth-25 methacrylate crosspolymer avilable as Aristoflex® BLV from Clariant International Ltd.
  • dimethylacrylamide/sodium acryloyldimethyltaurate crosspolymer available as S Upolymer G- l from Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • sodium acrylate/acryloyldimethyltauratc/dimethylacrylamide crosspolymer available as SepinovTM P88 from Seppic
  • sodium acryloyldimethyltauratc/VP Crosspolymer available as Aristoflex® AVS from Clariant International, Ltd.
  • Additional sulfonated structurants are described in US Patent Application Publicaiton Nos.
  • 2007/0140993 (identified as gelling agent in the form of a copolymer of acryloyl dimethyl tauric acid or a salt thereof) and 2006/0147396 A l (identified as "polymer containing at least one sulpho- unctional monomer").
  • Acrylamide polymers and copolymers include SEP1GEL® 305 from Seppic Corporation (Fairfield, N.J.), which is designated by the Personal Care Product Council's international Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2010, as "polyacrylamide and isoparaffin and laureth-7.”
  • Other polyacrylamide polymers include multi-block copolymers of acrylamides and substituted acrylamides with acrylic acids and substituted acrylic acids.
  • Commercially available examples of these multi-block copolymers include HYPAN® SR 150H, SS500V, SS500 W, SSSA 100H, from Lipo Chemicals, Inc., (Patterson, N.J .).
  • High molecular weight polyalkylglycols or polyglycerins may be used as structuring agents.
  • Suitable materials include polyethylene glycols (PEG) derivatives and polypropylene glycols (PPG) derivatives with an n degree of polymerization, n may be from 50 to 200,000.
  • Other suitable materials are polyglycerins having repeating glycerin moieties where the number of repeating moieties ranges from about 15 to about 200, or from about 20 to about 100. Examples of suitable polyglycerins include those having the INCI names polyglycerin-20, polyglycerin-40, and the like.
  • oil structuring agents examples include silicone and organic based materials. Suitable ranges of oi l structuring agents are from about 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 % 0.5%, 1 %, 2.5%, 5%, or 10% to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, or 5%.
  • Suitable oil phase structuring agents may be silicone based, such as silicone elastomers, silicone gums, silicone waxes, linear silicones having a degree of polymerization allowing the silicone to increase the viscosity of the oil phase. Examples of silicone structuring agents include, but are not limited to, silicone elastomers, silicone gums, and silicone waxes,
  • Silicone elastomers suitable for use in the compositions of the invention include those that are formed by addition reaction-curing, by reacting an SiH-containing diorganosiloxane and an organopolysi loxane having terminal olefinic unsaturation, or an alpha-omega diene hydrocarbon, in the presence of a platinum metal catalyst.
  • Such elastomers may also be formed by other reaction methods such as condensation-curing organopolysiloxane compositions in the presence of an organotin compound via a dehydrogenation reaction between hydroxyl-terminated diorganopolysiloxane and Si H-containing diorganopolysiloxane or alpha omega diene; or by condensation-curing organopolysiloxane compositions in the presence of an organotin compound or a titanate ester using a condensation reaction between an hydroxyl-terminated diorganopolysiloxane and a hydrolysable organosiloxane; peroxide- curing organopolysiloxane compositions which thermally cure in the presence of an organoperoxide catalyst.
  • Suitable silicone elastomers may be in the powder form, or dispersed or solubilized in solvents such as volatile or nonvolatile silicones, or silicone compatible vehicles such as hydrocarbons or esters.
  • silicone elastomer powders include vinyl dimethicone/melhicone silesquioxane crosspolymers like KSP- 100, KSP- 101 , KSP- 102, KSP- 103, KSP- 104, KSP- 105, available from Shin-Etsu, hybrid silicone powders that contain a fluoroalkyl group like KSP-200, available from Shin-Etsu, which is a fluoro-silicone elastomer, and hybrid silicone powders that contain a phenyl group such as KSP-300, available from Shin- Etsu, which is a phenyl substituted silicone elastomer; and DC 9506 available from Dow Corning.
  • silicone elastomer dispersed in a silicone compatible vehicle examples include dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymers supplied by a variety of suppliers including Dow Corning Corporation under the tradenames DC9040 or DC9041 , Momentive under the tradename SFE 839, or Shin-Etsu Silicones under the tradenames KSG- 15, 16, 18.
  • KSG- 15 has the INCI name cyclopentasiloxane (and) dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer.
  • KSG- 18 has the INCI name diphenylsiloxy phenyl trimethicone (and) dimethicone/phenyl vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer.
  • Silicone elastomers may also be purchased from Grant Industries under the Gransil trademark.
  • Other suitable silicone elastomers have long chain alkyl substitutions such as lauryl dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymers supplied by Shin Etsu under the tradenames KSG-3 1 , KSG-32, KSG-41 , KSG-42, KSG-43, and KSG-44.
  • Silicone gums are another oil phase structuring agent.
  • the silicone gum typically has a viscosity ranging from about 500,000 to 100 million est at 25° C, from about 600,000 to 20 million, from about 600,000 to 12 million est.
  • the silicone gums that are used in the compositions include, but are not limited to, those of the general formula wherein:
  • Ri to Rio are each independently hydrogen, an alkyl having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, aryl, or aralkyl; and X is H, OH, or a C l -30 alkyl or vinyl, x, y, or z may be zero with the proviso that (x + y + z) > 1 .
  • silicone gums may be purchased in pure form from a variety of silicone manufacturers including Wacker-Chemie or Dow Corning, and the like. Silicone gums include those sold by Wacker-Belsil under the trade names CM3092, Wacker-Belsil 1000, or Wacker- Belsil DM 3096. A silicone gum where X is OH, also referred to as dimethiconol, is available from Dow Corning Corporation under the trade name 1 - 1254 Fluid, 2-9023 Fluid, and 2-9026 Fluid. The silicone gum may also be purchased in the form of a solution or dispersion in a silicone compatible vehicle such as volatile or nonvolatile silicone.
  • Such a mixture may be purchased from Bamet Silicones under the HL-88 tradename, having the INCI name dimethicone.
  • Another example is a mixture of dimethiconol and volatile or nonvolatile silicone available from the Dow Corning Corporation as tradename 1401 Fluid, 1403 Fluid, and 1501 Fluid.
  • silicone waxes may be referred to as alkyl silicone waxes which and are semi-solids or solids at room temperature.
  • alkyl silicone wax means a polydimethylsiloxane having a substituted long chain alkyl (such as C 16 to 30) that confers a semi-solid or solid property to the siioxane.
  • examples of such silicone waxes include stearyl dimethicone, which may be purchased from Evonik Goldschmidt GmbH under the tradename Abil Wax 9800 or from Dow Corning under the tradename 2503.
  • Another example is bis-stearyl dimethicone (which may be purchased from Gransil Industries under the tradename Gransil A- 1 8), behenyl dimethicone, or behenoxy dimethicone.
  • Suitable structuring agents include polyamides and polysilicone-polyamide copolymers.
  • Suitable polysilicone-polyamide copolymers are disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0170586.
  • a specific example of such copolymers is nylon 61 1 /dimethicone copolymers by Dow Coming under the tradename Dow Coming 2-8178.
  • polyamides such as those purchased from Arizona Chemical under the UniclearTM and Sylvaclear® including Sylvaclear® A200V or A2614V (INCI name: ethylenediamine/hydrogenated dimer dilinoleate copolymer bis-di-C 14- 18 alkyl amide); Sylvaclear® AF1900V and Sylvaclear® PA 1200V (INCI name: Polyamide-3); Sylvaclear® C75V (INCI name: bis-stearyl ethylenediamine/neopentyl glycol/stearyl hydrogenated dimer dilinoleate copolymer); Sylvaclear ® PE400V (INCI name: Polyamide-6); Sylvaclear ® WF 1500V (INCI name: Polyamidc-4); or UniclearTM 100 VG (INCI name: ethylenediamine/stearyl dimer dilinoleate copolymer; or ethylenediamine/stearyl dim
  • oil phase structuring agents may include one or more natural or synthetic waxes such as animal, vegetable, or mineral waxes. Generally such waxes have a melting point ranging from about 25°C to 125°C, and alternatively from about 30°C to about 100° C.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable waxes include silicone waxes, fatty esters, for example cetyl and/or stearyl esters, acacia, beeswax, ceresin, flower wax, citrus wax, carnauba wax, jojoba wax, japan wax, polyethylene, microcrystalline, rice bran, lanolin wax, mink, montan, bayberry, ouricury, ozokerite, palm kernel wax, paraffin, avocado wax, apple wax, shellac wax, clary wax, spent grain wax, candelilla, grape wax, polyalkylene glycol derivatives thereof (for example PEG6-20 beeswax, or PEG- 12 carnauba wax) and mixtures of any of the aforementioned waxes.
  • the wax is a polyethylene wax, and alternatively is a polyethylene wax having a melting point of less than 120°C, alternatively less than 95C, and alternatively less than 85°C.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable silicone waxes are disclosed in U.S. patents 5,413,781 and 5,725,845, and further include alkylmelhyl polysiloxanes, C IO - C60 alkyl dimethicones, and mixtures thereof.
  • the silicone wax may be a C 16-C28 alkyl dimethicone wax.
  • Other suitable silicone waxes include, but are not limited to stearoxydimethicone, behenoxy dimethicone, stearyl dimethicone, cetearyl dimethicone, cetyl dimethicone, and mixtures thereof.
  • Other structuring agents are natural or synthetic montmorillonite minerals such as hectorite, bentonite, and quaternized derivatives thereof, which are obtained by reacting the minerals with a quaternary ammonium compound (e.g., stearalkonium bentonite and stearalkonium hectorite).
  • a quaternary ammonium compound e.g., stearalkonium bentonite and stearalkonium hectorite.
  • silicas, silicates, silica silylate, and alkali metal or alkaline earth metal derivatives thereof are generally found in the particulate form and include silica, silica silylate, magnesium aluminum silicate, and the like.
  • the personal care compositions may comprise one or more optional components to provide an efficacious and/or consumer desirable product.
  • the composition can include other acti ves or agents.
  • suitable optional actives and agents may include an active or agent selected from a group consisting of sugar amines, vitamins, oil control agents, photosterols, hexamidine compounds, tightening agents, anti-wrinkle actives, anti-atrophy actives, flavonoids, N-acyl amino acid compounds, retinoids, peptides, particulate materials, UV actives, photostabilizers, anti-cellulite agents, desquamation actives, anti-acne actives, antioxidants, radical scavengers, conditioning agents, anti-inflammatory agents, tanning actives, skin lightening agents, botanical extracts, antimicrobial actives, antifungal actives, antibacterial actives, antiperspirant actives, sensates, preservatives, anti-dandruff actives, substantivity polymers, deters
  • compositions of the present invention can comprise a sugar amine, which is also known as amino sugar.
  • Sugar amine compounds useful in the present invention can include those described in PCT Publication WO 02/076423 and U.S. Patent No. 6,159,485.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 10%, 7, 5%, or 2% by weight of the composition, of one or more sugar amine.
  • Sugar amines can be synthetic or natural in origin and can be used as pure compounds or mixtures of compounds (e.g. , extracts from natural sources or mixtures of synthetic materials).
  • glucosamine is generally found in many shellfish and can also be derived from fungal sources.
  • sacchar amine includes isomers and tautomers of such and its salts (e.g. , HC1 salt) and is commercially available from Sigma Chemical Co.
  • sugar amines examples include glucosamine, N-acetyl glucosamine, mannosamine, N-acetyl mannosamine, galactosamine, N-acetyl galactosamine, their isomers (e.g. , stereoisomers), and their salts (e.g., HC1 salt).
  • glucosamine particularly D-glucosamine and N-acetyl glucosamine, particularly N-acetyl-D- glucosamine.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%,
  • Vitamins means vitamins, pro-vitamins, and their salts, isomers and derivatives.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable vitamins include: vitamin B compounds (including B l compounds, B2 compounds, B3 compound, B5 compounds, such as panthenol or "pro-B5", pantothenic acid, pantothenyl; B6 compounds, such as pyroxidine, pyridoxal, pyridoxamine; carnitine, thiamine, riboflavin); vitamin A compounds, and all natural and/or synthetic analogs of Vitamin A, including retinoids, retinol, relinyl acetate, retinyl palmitate, retinoic acid, retinaldehyde, retinyl propionate, carotenoids (pro-vitamin A), and other compounds which possess the biological activity of Vitamin A; vitamin D compounds; vitamin K compounds; vitamin E compounds, or tocopherol, including tocopherol sorbate, tocopherol acetate, other esters of tocopherol and tocopheryl compounds; vitamin C compounds, including ascorbate, ascorbyl esters of
  • vitamin 133 compound means a compound having the formula:
  • R is - CONH2 (i.e. , niacinamide), - COOH (i.e. , nicotinic acid) or - CH20H (i.e. , nicotinyl alcohol); derivatives thereof; and salts of any of the foregoing.
  • CONH2 i.e. , niacinamide
  • COOH i.e. , nicotinic acid
  • CH20H i.e. , nicotinyl alcohol
  • Exemplary derivatives of the foregoing vitamin B3 compounds include nicotinic acid esters, including non-vasodilating esters of nicotinic acid (e.g. , tocopherol nicotinate, myristyl nicotinatc), nicotinyl amino acids, nicotinyl alcohol esters of carboxylic acids, nicotinic acid N- oxide and niacinamide N-oxide.
  • non-vasodilating esters of nicotinic acid e.g. , tocopherol nicotinate, myristyl nicotinatc
  • nicotinyl amino acids e.g., nicotinyl amino acids
  • nicotinyl alcohol esters of carboxylic acids nicotinic acid N- oxide and niacinamide N-oxide.
  • the personal care compositions may comprise one or more oil control agents for regulating the production of skin oil, sebum, or for improving the appearance of oily skin.
  • oil control agents include salicylic acid, dehydroacetic acid, benzoyl peroxide, vitamin B3 compounds, their isomers, esters, salts and derivatives, and mixtures thereof.
  • Dehydroacetic acid i n cludes materials havi ng the formula:
  • Dermatologically acceptable salts include alkali metal salts, such as sodium and potassium; alkaline earth metal salts, such as calcium and magnesium; non-toxic heavy metal salts; ammonium salts; and trialkylammonium salts, such astrimethylammonium and triethylammonium.
  • alkali metal salts such as sodium and potassium
  • alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium
  • non-toxic heavy metal salts such as ammonium salts
  • ammonium salts such astrimethylammonium and triethylammonium
  • sodium, potassium, and ammonium salts of dehydroacetic acid may be used.
  • Sodium dehydroacetate is available from Tri-K Industries, Inc., as Tristat SDHA.
  • Derivati ves of dehydroacetic acid include, but are not limited to, any compounds wherein the CII3 groups are individually or in combination replaced by amides, esters, amino groups, alkyls, and alcohol esters.
  • oil control agents include materials capable of absorbing oils and sebum. Suitable oil absorbing materials include starch, calcium silicate, polyethylene, nylon, boran nitride, mica, clays such as bcntonite, montmarrillonitc and kaolin, zeolite, cyclodextrins, fumed silica, synthetic clays such as polymer powders including natural, synthetic, and semisynthetic cellulose, lluorocarbon resins, polypropylene, modified starches of cellulose acetate, particulate cross-linked hydrophobic acrylate or methacrylate copolymers and mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable oil absorbing materials include starch, calcium silicate, polyethylene, nylon, boran nitride, mica, clays such as bcntonite, montmarrillonitc and kaolin, zeolite, cyclodextrins, fumed silica, synthetic clays such as polymer powders including natural, synthetic, and semisynthetic cellulose
  • the personal care composition may comprise from about 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3% by weight of the composition, of one or more oil control agents.
  • the personal care compositions may comprise a phytosterol.
  • one or more phytosterols can be selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -sitosterol, campesterol, brassicasterol, A5-avennasterol, lupenol, a-spinasterol, stigmasterol, their derivatives, analogs, and combinations thereof.
  • the phytosterol is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -sitosterol, campesterol, brassicasterol, stigmasterol, their derivatives, and combinations thereof.
  • the phytosterol is stigmasterol.
  • Phytosterols can be synthetic or natural in origin and can be used as essentially pure compounds or mixtures of compounds (e.g. , extracts from natural sources).
  • phytosterols are generally found in the unsaponifiable portion of vegetable oils and fats and are available as free sterols, acetylated derivatives, sterol esters, ethoxylated or glycosidic derivatives. More preferably, the phytosterols are free sterols.
  • phytosterol includes isomers and tautomers of such and is commercially available from Aldrich Chemical Company, Sigma Chemical Company, and Cognis.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more phytosterol.
  • compositions may include hexamidine compounds, its salts, and derivatives.
  • hexamidine compound means a compound having the formula:
  • R 1 and R 2 are optional or are organic acids (e.g. , sulfonic acids, etc.).
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%,or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more hexamine compounds.
  • hexamidine derivatives include any isomers and tautomers of hexamidine compounds including but not limited to organic acids and mineral acids, for example sulfonic acid, carboxylic acid, etc.
  • the hexamidine compounds include hexamidine diisethionate, commercially available as Eleastab ⁇ HP 100 from Laboratoires Serobi unanimouss.
  • the personal care composition may comprise a tightening agent.
  • a tightening agent is a compound capable of having a tightening effect on keratinous tissues and, typically, on skin.
  • Suitable tightening agents may be chosen from plant or animal proteins and their hydrolysates such as maize, rye, wheat, buckwheat, sesame, spelt, pea, bean, lentil, soybean and lupin; polysaccharides of natural origin including (i) polyholosides, for example, in the form of starch derived especially from rice, maize, potato, cassava, peas, wheat, oats, etc.
  • carrageenans alginates, agars, gellans, cellulose polymers and pectins, advantageously as an aqueous dispersion of gel microparticles, and (ii) latices composed of shellac resin, gum sandarac, dammars, elemis, copals, cellulose compounds, and mixtures thereof; mixed silicates including phyllosilicaies and in particular laponites; colloidal particles of inorganic fillers such as silica/alumina colloidal particles such as those sold under then tradename LUDOX® by W.R.
  • the personal care composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3% by weight of the composition, of one or more tightening agent.
  • compositions of the present invention can comprise a one or more anti-wrinkle actives or anti-atrophy actives.
  • exemplary anti-wrinkle/anti-atrophy actives suitable for use in the compositions of the present invention include dialkanoyl hydroxyproline compounds, hydroxy acids ⁇ e.g. , glycolic acid, lactic acid, lactobionic acid), keto acids (e.g. , pyruvic acid), phytic acid, lysophosphatidic acid, stilbenes, cinnamates, resveratrol, kinetin, zeatin, dimethylaminoethanol, peptides from natural sources (e.g. , soy peptides), and salts of sugar acids (e.g.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%,20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3% by weight of the composition, of one or more anti-wrinkle/anti-atrophy compounds.
  • Suitable dialkanoyl hydroxyproline compounds of the present invention can include those corresponding to the following chemical formula:
  • R 1 is H, X, C1-C20 straight or branched alkyl, X is metals (Na, K, Li, Mg, Ca) or amines (DEA, TEA);
  • R 2 is C1-C20 straight or branched alkyl
  • R 3 is Ci-C2 0 straight or branched alkyl.
  • Suitable derivatives include but are not limited to esters, for example fatty esters, including, but not limited to tripalmitoyl hydroxyproline and dipalmityl acetyl hydroxyproline.
  • a particularly useful compound is dipalmitoyl hydroxyproline.
  • dipalmitoyl hydroxyproline includes any isomers and tautomers of such and is commercially available under the tradename Sepilift ⁇ ® from Seppic, inc. Further discussion of dipalmitoyl hydroxyproline appears in PCT Publication WO 93/23028.
  • the dipalmitoyl hydroxyproline is the triethanolamine salt of dipalmitoyl hydroxyproline as discussed in U.S. Patent No. 7,285,570.
  • compositions of the present invention can comprise a flavonoid compound.
  • Flavonoids are broadly disclosed in U.S. Patents 5,686,082 and 5,686,367.
  • Examples of flavonoids particularly suitable for use in the present invention are one or more flavones, one or more isollavones, one or more coumarins, one or more chromones, one or more dicoumarols, one or more chromanones, one or more chromanols, isomers (e.g. , cis/trans isomers) thereof, and mixtures thereof.
  • Exemplary flavonoids include flavones and isoflavones, in particular daidzein (7,4'- dihydroxy isoflavone), genistein (5,7,4'-trihydroxy isoflavone), equol (7,4'-dihydroxy isoflavan), 5,7-dihydroxy-4'-methoxy isoflavone, soy isollavones (a mixture extracted from soy) and other plant sources of such mixtures (e.g. , red clover), and mixtures thereof.
  • Other exemplary materials inlcude flavanones such as hesperitin, hesperidin, and mixtures thereof.
  • Flavonoid compounds useful herein are commercially available from a number of sources, e.g., Indofine Chemical Company, Inc., Steraloids, Inc., and Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more flavonoid compounds.
  • the topical compositions of the present invention can comprise one or more N-acyl amino acid compounds.
  • the amino acid can be one of any of the amino acids known in the art.
  • the N-acyl amino acid compounds of the present invention can correspond to the formula: O H
  • R can be a hydrogen, alkyl (substituted or unsubstituted, branched or straight chain), or a combination of alkyl and aromatic groups.
  • R 1 can be C i to C30 , saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; substituted or unsubstituted aromatic groups; or mixtures thereof.
  • the N-acyl amino acid compound may be selected from the group consisting of N-acyl Phenylalanine, N-acyl Tyrosine, their isomers, their salts, and derivatives thereof.
  • the amino acid can be the D or L isomer or a mixture thereof.
  • N-acyl Phenylalanine corresponds to the following formula:
  • R 1 can be Ci to C30 , saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; substituted or unsubstituted aromatic groups; or mixtures thereof.
  • N-acyl Tyrosine corresponds to the following formula:
  • R 1 can be C ⁇ to C30 , saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; substituted or unsubstiluted aromatic groups; or mixtures thereof.
  • N-undecylenoyl-L-phenylalanine Particularly useful as a topical skin tone evening cosmetic agent is N-undecylenoyl-L- phenylalanine.
  • This agent belongs to the broad class of N-acyl Phenylalanine derivatives, with its acyl group being a C I 1 mono-unsaturated fatty acid moiety and the amino acid being the L- isomer of phenylalanine.
  • N-undecylenoyl-L-phenylalanine corresponds to the following formula:
  • N-iindecylenoyl-L-phenylalanine is commercially available under the tradename Sepiwhite ⁇ from SEPP1C.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more N-acyl amino acids.
  • the personal care compositions may comprise one or more retinoid.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more retinoids.
  • concentration used in a composition will depend on the specific retinoid selected since their potency can vary considerably.
  • retinoid includes all natural and/or synthetic analogs of Vitamin A or retinol-like compounds which possess the biological activity of Vitamin A in the skin as well as the geometric isomers and stereoisomers of these compounds.
  • the retinoid may be selected from retinol, retinol esters (e.g. , C2 - C22 alkyl esters of retinol, including retinyl palmitate, retinyl acetate, retinyl propionate), retinal, and/or retinoic acid (including all-trans retinoic acid and/or 13-cis-retinoic acid), or mixtures thereof.
  • retinoids which are described in U.S. Patent Nos.
  • Suitable retinoids may include tocopheryl-retinoate [tocopherol ester of retinoic acid (trans- or cis-), adapalene (6- [3-( l -adamantyl)-4-methoxyphenyl]-2-naphthoic acid ) , and tazarotene (ethyl 6-[2-(4,4- dimethylthiochroman-6-yl)-ethynyl]nicotinate).
  • tocopheryl-retinoate tocopherol ester of retinoic acid (trans- or cis-)
  • adapalene 6- [3-( l -adamantyl)-4-methoxyphenyl]-2-naphthoic acid )
  • tazarotene ethyl 6-[2-(4,4- dimethylthiochroman-6-yl)-ethynyl]nicotinate
  • Suitable retinoids include retinol, retinyl palmitate, retinyl acetate, retinyl propionate, retinal and combinations thereof.
  • retinyl propionate may be used in amounts from about 0. 1 % to about 0.3%.
  • the personal care composition may comprise a peptide.
  • Suitable peptides can include, but are not limited to, di-, tri-, tetra-, penta-, and hexa-peptides and derivatives thereof.
  • the compositions comprise from about l x l 0 ⁇ 7 % to about 20%, from about 1 x 10 " °% to about 10%, or from about lx l 0 "5 % to about 5%, by weight of a peptide.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more peptides.
  • peptide refers to pept ides containing ten or fewer amino acids and their derivatives, isomers, and complexes with other species such as metal ions (e.g. , copper, zinc, manganese, magnesium, and the like).
  • Peptide refers to both naturally occurring and synthesized peptides. Also useful herein are naturally occurring and commercially available compositions that contain peptides.
  • the peptides may contain at least one basic amino acid (e.g. , histidine, lysine, arginine).
  • suitable peptides are the dipeptide carnosine (beta-ala-his), the tripeptide gly-his-lys, the tripeptide his-gly-gly, the tripeptide gly-gly-his, the tripeptide gly-his- gly, the tetrapeptide gly-gln-pro-arg, the pentapeptide lys-thr-thr-lys-ser, lipophilic derivatives of peptides, and metal complexes of the aforementioned (e.g. , copper complex of the tripeptide his- gly-gly (also known as Iamin)).
  • dipeptide carnosine beta-ala-his
  • the tripeptide gly-his-lys the tripeptide his-gly-gly
  • the tripeptide gly-gly-his-his the tripeptide gly-his- gly
  • Suitable peptides include Peptide C (arg-lys-arg); Peptide CK+ (ac-arg-lys-arg-NH2); and Peptide E, arg-ser-arg-lys.
  • a commercially available tripeptide derivative-containing composition is Biopeptide CL® (from Sederma, France), which contains 100 ppm of palmitoyl-gly-his-lys and is commercially available.
  • a commercially available pentapeptide derivative-containing composition is atrixyl (from Sederma, France), which contains 100 ppm of palmitoyl-lys-thr-thr-lys-ser.
  • a suitable peptide is a dipeptide based molecule having a C terminal amino acid of threonine, such as plamitoyl-lys-thr, as described in US Patent Application Publication 2007/0020220 A 1 .
  • Peptide derivatives useful herein include lipophilic derivatives such as palmitoyl derivatives.
  • the peptide is selected from palmitoyl-lys-thr-thr-lys-ser, palmitoyl-gly-his-lys, their derivatives, and combinations thereof.
  • compositions of the present invention can comprise one or more particulate materials.
  • particulate materials useful in the present invention include colored and uncolored pigments, interference pigments, inorganic powders, organic powders, composite powders, optical brightener particles, and combinations thereof. These particulates can, for instance, be platelet shaped, spherical, elongated or needle-shaped, or irregularly shaped, surface coated or uncoated, porous or non-porous, charged or uncharged, and can be added to the current compositions as a powder of as a pre-dispersion.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, 1 %, or 2% to about 50%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3% by weight of the composition, of particulate(s).
  • the pigment, colorant or filler powders used in the composition.
  • Particulate materials useful herein can include, but are not limited to, bismuth oxychloride, sericite, mica, mica treated with barium sulfate or other materials, zeolite, kaolin, silica, boron nitride, lauroyl lysine, nylon, polyethylene, talc, styrene, polypropylene, polystyrene, ethylene/acrylic acid copolymer, polyurethane, aluminum oxide, silicone resin, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, cellulose acetate, PTFE, polymethyl methacrylate, starch, modified starches such as aluminum starch octenyl succinate, silk, glass, and mixtures thereof.
  • particulates include, but are not limited, to polymeric particles chosen from the polymethylsilsesquioxane resin microspheres such as including materials sold under the tradename Tospearl ® by Momentive Performance Materials Inc., microspheres of polymethylmethacrylates such Micropearl M305 by SEPPIC, spherical particles of crosslinked polydimethylsiloxanes, especially such as those sold by Dow Corning 9506 Cosmetic Power by Dow Corning, spherical particles of polyamide and more specifically Nylon 12 such as Orgasol ® 2002 line by Atochem, polystyrene microspheres such as for example those sold under the name Dynospheres® by Dyno Particles, ethylene acrylate copolymer sold under the name EA209 by Kobo, .PTFE, polypropylene, aluminum starch ocetenylsuccinate such as those sold under the name Dry-Flo® by AkzoNobel, microspheres of polyethylene such as those sold under the
  • Interference pigments are defined as thin platelike layered particles having two or more layers of controlled thickness with different refractive indices that yield a characteristic reflected color from the interference of typically two, but occasionally more, light reflections, from different layers of the platelike particle.
  • the most common examples of interference pigments are micas layered with about 50 - 300 nm films of Ti02, Fe203, silica, tin oxide, and/or Cr203. Such pigments are often pearlescent. Pearl pigments reflect, refract and transmit light because of the transparency of pigment particles and the large difference in the refractive index of mica platelets and, for example, the titanium dioxide coating.
  • interference pigments are available commercially from a wide variety of suppliers, for example, Rona (TimironTM and DichronaTM ), Presperse (FlonacTM ), Englehard (Duochrome 1 M ), Kobo (KTZ Interfine and KTZ Interval), BASF (ReflecksTM) and Eckart (Prestige series).
  • Suitable interference pigments may have a small particle sizes, with an average diameter of individual particles less than about 75 microns in the longest direction, or less than about 50 microns.
  • Suitable particulate materials include pigments which can provide color to the personal care composition.
  • Suitable pigments include inorganic pigments, organic pigments and combinations thereof.
  • useful inorganic pigments include iron oxides, ferric ammonium ferrocyanide, manganese violet, ultramarine blue, and Chrome oxide.
  • Organic pigments can include natural colorants and synthetic monomeric and polymeric colorants. An example is phthalocyanine blue and green pigment.
  • Also useful are encapsulated soluble or insoluble dyes and other colorants.
  • Inorganic white or uncolored pigments useful in the present invention for example Ti02, ZnO, or Zr02, are commercially available from a number of sources.
  • a suitable particulate material contains the material available from U.S. Cosmetics (TRONOX Ti02 series, SAT-T CR837, a rutile Ti02).
  • pigments include charged dispersions of titanium dioxide, as are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,997,887.
  • Colored or uncolored pigments may have a primary average particle size of from about 10 nm, 15 nm, or 20 nm to about 100,000 nm, 5,000nm, or l OOOnm. Mixtures of the same or different pigments having different particle sizes are also useful herein (e.g. , incorporating a T1O2 having a primary particle size of from about 100 nm to about 400 nm with a T1O2 having a primary particle size of from about 10 nm to about 50 nm). ⁇
  • the particulate materials can be surface treated to provide added stability and/or for ease of formulation.
  • suitable coating materials include silicones, lecithin, amino acids, metal soaps, polyethylene and collagen. These surface treatments may be hydrophobic or hydrophilic. Particularly useful hydrophobic pigment treatments include polysiloxane treatments such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent 5, 143,722.
  • UV Actives The compositions of the subject invention may optionally contain a UV active.
  • UV active includes both sunscreen agents and physical sunblocks. Suitable U V actives may be organic or inorganic. Suitable UV actives are listed in the functional category of "Sunscreen Agents" in the Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2010.
  • UV actives include 2- ethylhexyl-p-methoxycinnamate (commercially available as PARSOL ® CX from DSM), 2- hydroxy-4-mefhoxybenzophenone, benzonphenone-3 (i.e. oxybeznone), octyldimethyl-p- aminobenzoic acid, digalloyltrioleate, .
  • UV actives useful in the compositions of the present invention are 2- ethylhexyl-p-methoxycinnamate, 4-tert-butyl-4'-methoxy dibenzoylmethane, 2-hydroxy-4- methoxybenzo-phenone, 2-phenylbenzimidazole-5-sulfonic acid, octocrylene, zinc oxide, titanium dioxide, and mixtures thereof.
  • UV actives include 4-methylbenzylidene camphor (commercially available as PARSOL® 5000 from DSM or Eusolex 6300 from Merck), methylene bis-benzotriazolyl tetramcthylbulylphenol (i.e. , bisoctrizole, commercially available as Tinosorb ® M from BASF), bis-ethylhexyloxyphenol methoxyphenol triazine (i.e.
  • bemotrizinol commercially available as Tinosorb ® S from BASF
  • disodium phenyl dibenzimidazole tetrasulfonate i.e., Bisdisulizole disodium, commercially available as Neo Heliopan ® AP from Symrise
  • Ethylhexyl triazone commercially available as Uvinul® T 150 from BASF
  • Drometrizole trisiloxane marketed as Mexoryl XL by L'Oreal
  • Sodium Dihydroxy Dimethoxy Disulfobenzophenone i.e.
  • benzophenone-9 commercially available as Uvinul ® DS 49 from BASF
  • Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate commercially available as Uvinul A Plus from BASF
  • diethylhexyl butamido triazone i.e. , Iscotrizinol, commercially available as Uvasorb ® HEB by 3V Sigma
  • Polysilicone- 15 i.e. , commercially available as PARSOL® SLX from DSM
  • Isoamyl p-Methoxycinnamate i.e. , amiloxate, commercially available as Neo Heliopan E 1000 from Symrise
  • alpha-cyanodiphenylacrylate is as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 7,713,519.
  • the alpha-cyanodiphenylacrylate may have the general formula:
  • R l and R2 is independently a straight or branched chain Cl-30 alkoxy radical and any non-alkoxy R l or R2 radical is hydrogen; and R3 is a straight or branched chain Cl -30 alkyl.
  • R l and R2 is independently a C l -8 alkoxy radical and any non-alkoxy R l or R2 radical is hydrogen; and R3 is a straight of branched chain C2-20 alkyl.
  • R l and R2 is independently methoxy, and any non-methoxy R l or R2 is hydrogen; and R3 is a straight or branched chain C2-20 alkyl.
  • a suitable alpha-cyanodiphenylacrylate is ethylhexyl methoxycrylene, or 2-ethylhexyl 2- cyano-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropenoate, wherein R l is methoxy, R2 is hydrogen, and R3 is 2-ethylhexyl.
  • This material is available from Hallstar Company under trade name Solastay ® S 1 .
  • Another suitable photostabilizer includes diesters or polyesters of naphthalene dicarboxylic acid as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,993,789, 6, 1 13,931 , 6, 126,925 and 6,284,916.
  • Suitable diesters or polyesters of naphthalene dicarboxylic acid may have the following formula:
  • each R independently is an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, or a diol having the formula HO-R 2 -OH, or a polyglycol having the formula l-IO-R 3 -(-0-R 2 -) m -OH, and, wherein R 2 and R 3 , same or different, are each an alkylcne group, straight chain or branched, having 1 to
  • naphthalene dicarboxylic acid is diethylhexyl 2,6-naphthaIate available as Corapan ® TQ from Symrise.
  • Another suitable photostabilizer is 4-hydroxybenzylidenemalonate derivatives or 4- hydroxycinnamate derivatives.
  • Suitable materials ma have the following formula:
  • R' is hydrogen, a linear or branched C ⁇ -C & alkyl radical or a linear or branched d-Cs alkoxy radical; and
  • R" is a linear or branched Cj-Cg alkyl radical.
  • Exemplary compounds include ethyl-alpha- cyano-3,5-dimelhoxy-4-hydroxy cinnamatc, ethyl-alpha-acetyl-3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxy cinnamate, iso-propyl-alpha-acctyl-3,5-dimcthoxy-4-hydroxy cinnamatc, iso-amyl-alpha-acetyl- 3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydiOxy cinnamate, 2-ethylhexyl-alpha-acetyl-3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxy cinnamate, diethyl-3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxy benzylidene malonate, di-(2-ethylhexyl)-3,5- dimethoxy-4-hydroxy benzylidene malonate, diisoamyl-3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxy benzylidene malonate,
  • Suitable photostabilizer is a 2-pyrrolidinone-4-carboxy ester compounds.
  • Suitable 2-pyrrolidinone-4-carboxy ester compounds may have the following formula:
  • R 1 is a linear or branched C1-C20 alkyl radical
  • R 2 is a linear or branched C1-C20 alkyl radical which can contain a C5-C6 ring, the phenyl radical, the benzyl radical or the phenethyl radical.
  • Exemplary radicals for R 1 and R 2 include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n- butyl, isobiityl, tcrt-butyl, n-oclyl, 2-ethylhexyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, cyclohexyl and methylcyclohexyl radicals.
  • 2-pyrrolidinone-4-carboxy ester compounds are provided in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0183529.
  • Suitable pholostabilizers include:
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of one or more suitable photostabilizer.
  • the personal care composition may comprise at least one photostabilzer and at least one UV active.
  • the U V active is a clibenzoylmethane derivative.
  • the UV active is 4,4'-t-butyl methoxydibenzoyl-melhane (i.e., avobenzone).
  • compositions of the present invention may also comprise an anti-cellulite agent.
  • Suitable agents may include, but are not limited to, xanthine compounds (e.g. , caffeine, theophylline, theobromine, aminophylline, chloroethyltheophylline, dyphylline, etamiphylline, proxyphylline, and the like); extracts of tea, coffee, guarana, mate, cola (Cola nitida); extracts of climbing ivy (Hedera helix), arnica (Arnica montana L), rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis N), of marigold (Calendula officinalis), sage (Salvia officinalis L), ginseng (Panax ginseng), St.
  • xanthine compounds e.g. , caffeine, theophylline, theobromine, aminophylline, chloroethyltheophylline, dy
  • John's wort Hypericum perforatum
  • butcher's broom Ruscus aculeatus L
  • meadowsweet Filipendula ulmaria L
  • orthosiphon Orthosiphon stamincus benth
  • birch Bommea alba
  • cecropia and argan tree Ginkgo biloba, horsetail, escin, cangzhu, Chrysanthellum indicuin, Dioscorea plants rich in diosgenin or pure diosgenin or hecogenin and compounds thereof, Ballota, Guioa, Davallia, Terminalia, Barringtonia, Trema, Antirobia, bitter orange (Citrus aurantiuin); and an extract of cocoa bean shells (Theobroma cacao) such as sold under the name Caobromine ® by Solabia.
  • the personal care composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more anti-cellu lite agents.
  • a desquamation active may be added to the compositions of the present invention.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more desquamation actives.
  • Suitable desquamation actives include beta-hydroxy acids such as salicylic acid and its derivatives (including 5-(noctanoyl)salicylic acid also known as capryloyl salicylic acid) and alpha-hydroxy acids such as glycolic acid, citric acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid or mandelic acid; 8-hexadecene-l,16-dicarboxylic acid or 9-octadecenedioic acid; urea; gentisic acid; oligofucoses; cinnamic acid; Saphora Japonica extract; and resveratrol.
  • beta-hydroxy acids such as salicylic acid and its derivatives (including 5-(noctanoyl)salicylic acid also known as capryloyl salicylic acid) and alpha-hydroxy acids such as glycolic acid, citric acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid or mandelic acid; 8-hexadecene-l,16-
  • Suitable desquamation actives include compounds acting on the enzymes involved in desquamating or degrading the corneodesmosomes, glycosidases, stratum corneum chymotryptic enzyme (SCCE) or other proteases (trypsin, chymotrypsin-like).
  • Suitable materials include aminosulphonic compounds such as 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine-l-propanesulphonic acid (HEPES); 2-oxothiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid (procysteine) and its compounds; compounds of glycine-type alpha-amino acids (as described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
  • One desquamation system comprises salicylic acid and zwitterionic surfactants as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,652,228.
  • Another desquamation system contains sulfhydryl compounds and zwitterionic surfactants as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,681 ,852
  • compositions of the present invention can comprise one or more anti-acne actives.
  • Suitable anti-acne actives include, but are not limited to, resorcinol, sulfur, salicylic acid, retinoids such as retinoic acid and its derivatives, sulfur-containing amino acids and their derivatives and salts (e.g. , N-acetyl derivatives such as N-acetyl-L-cysteinc), and lipoic acid.
  • suitable anti-acne actives may be chosen from (i) antibiotics and antimicrobials such as benzoyl peroxide, octopirox, tetracycline, 2,4,4'trichloro-2'-hydiOxy diphenyl ether, 3,4,4'- trichlorobanilide, azelaic acid and its derivatives, phenoxyethanol, phenoxypropanol, phenoxyisopropanol, ethyl acetate, clindamycin and meclocycline; (ii) sebostats such as flavonoids; and (iii) bile salts such as scymnol sulfate and its derivatives, deoxycholate, and cholate. Further examples of suitable anti-acne actives are described in U. S. Patent No. 5,607,980.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more anti-acne compounds.
  • compositions of the present invention can include an anti-oxidant/radical scavenger.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more anti-oxidant/radical scavengers.
  • Suitable anti-oxidants are listed in the functional category of "Antioxidants” in the Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2010.
  • Suitable anti-oxidants include butylatecl hydroxytoluene (BUT) and butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA).
  • BUT butylatecl hydroxytoluene
  • BHA butylated hydroxyanisole
  • X is OH or SH
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, OR 5) COOR5, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aromatic, heteroaromatic, carboxamido, sulfonamido, carbamate, urea, and trialkylsilyl;
  • Ri , R 2, R3, 4 are selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aromatic, heteroaromatic, OR5, carboxamido, sulfonamido, formyl, acyl, carboxyl, carboxylate, carbamate, urea, trialkylsilyl, hydroxyl, and hydrogen;
  • anti-oxidants/radical scavengers such as ascorbic acid (vitamin C), tocopherol (vitamin E), tocopherol sorbate, tocopherol acetate, other esters of tocopherol, 6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8- tetramethylchroman-2-carboxylic acid (commercially available under the tradename Trolox ⁇ ), amines (e.g.
  • Suitable anti-oxidants/radical scavengers can be selected from esters of tocopherol such as tocopherol acetate.
  • the composition comprises tocopherol sorbate.
  • tocopherol sorbate refers to the sorbic acid ester of tocopherol, a detailed description of which can be found in issued patent US 5,922,758.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05 %, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 50%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of the tocopherol sorbate.
  • compositions of the present invention can contain a safe and effective amount of a conditioning agent selected from, for example, humectants, moisturizers, occlusives, and emollients which may be applied to keratinous tissue.
  • a conditioning agent selected from, for example, humectants, moisturizers, occlusives, and emollients which may be applied to keratinous tissue.
  • the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 50%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of one or more conditioning agents.
  • Humectants are one group of conditioning agents.
  • Humectants can be selected from the group consisting of polyhydric alcohols, water soluble alkoxylated nonionic polymers, and mixtures thereof.
  • Polyhydric alcohols useful herein include glycerin, sorbitol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, pcntylene glycol, hexylene glycol, ethoxylated glucose, 1 , 2-hexane diol, hexanetriol, dipropylene glycol, erythritol, trehalose, diglycerin, xylitol, maltitol, maltose, glucose, fructose, sodium chondroitin sulfate, sodium hyaluronate, hyaluronic acid, sodium adenosine phosphate, sodium lactate, pyrrolidone carbonate, glucosamine, cyclodextrin, and mixtures thereof.
  • conditioning agents include water soluble alkoxylated nonionic polymers such as polyethylene glycols and polypropylene glycols having a molecular weight of up to about 1000 such as those with CTFA names PEG-200, PEG-400, PEG-600, PEG- 1000, and mixtures thereof.
  • conditioning agents include, but are not limited to, guanidine, urea, glycolic acid, glycolate salts (e.g. ammonium and quaternary alkyl ammonium), salicylic acid, lactic acid, lactate salts (e.g.
  • aloe vera in any of its variety of forms (e.g., aloe vera gel), polyethylene glycols, sugars (e.g., melibiose), cellulose, dextrin, starches, sugar and starch derivatives (e.g., alkoxylated glucose, fucose), lactamide monoethanolamine, acetamide monoethanolamine, panthenol, allantoin, amylose, hyaluronic acid, sodiium hyaluronate, betaglucan, glycogen, alguronic acid, galactoarabinan and mixtures thereof.
  • aloe vera gel e.g., aloe vera gel
  • sugars e.g., melibiose
  • cellulose e.g., dextrin, starches, sugar and starch derivatives (e.g., alkoxylated glucose, fucose), lactamide monoethanolamine, acetamide monoethanolamine, panthenol, allant
  • Conditioning agents are extracts that contain polysaccharides including the following materials: TriMoist MF (Mibelle AG Biochemistry), Fucogel® and Glycofilm® (Solabia Group), AquaxylTM (Seppic), Pheohydrane P (Barnet Products Corporation), Aesthigel (Barnet Products Corporation), Pentacare HP (Pentapharm), and Hyalurosmooth (Laboratoires Serobi GmbH).
  • Steroidal anti-inflammatory agents can include, but are not limited to, corticosteroids such as hydrocortisone.
  • nonsteroidal anti-inilammatory agents can be useful herein.
  • the varieties of compounds encompassed by this group are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • Specific non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents that can be useful in the composition of the present invention include, but are not limited to, salicylates, flufenamic acid, etofenamate, aspirin, and mixtures thereof.
  • Additional anti-inflammatory agents useful herein include allantoin and compounds of the
  • Licorice the plant genus/species Glycyrrhiza glabra family, including glycyrrhetic acid, glycyrrhizic acid, and derivatives thereof (e.g. , salts and esters).
  • the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 50%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
  • compositions of the present invention can comprise a tanning active.
  • the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 50%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of a tanning active.
  • a suitable tanning active is dihydroxyacetone.
  • compositions of the present invention can comprise a skin lightening agent.
  • the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 50%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of one or more skin lightening agents.
  • Suitable skin lightening agents include those known in the art, including ascorbyl glucoside, kojic acid, hydroquinone arbutin, and tranexamic acid.
  • Other skin lightening materials suitable for use herein can include Acitwhite® (Cognis), Embiica ® (Rona), Azeloglicina (Sinerga) and extracts (e.g.
  • An exemplary skin lightening agent is ascorbyl glucoside.
  • Other skin lightening actives include Phlorogine and Phlorgine BG (laininaria saccharina extract), deoxyarbutin, sucrose dilaurate, bakuchiol, pyrenoine, millet, arlatone dioic acid, cinnamic acid, ferulic acid, achromaxyl, methyl nicotinamide, oil soluble licorice extract, folic acid, undecylenic acid, zinc undecylenate, L- tryptophan, thiamine HQ, hexylresorcinol, lipidami red vine, dragosine, methyl gentisate, inositol, 1 ,2-hexandiol and 1 ,2-octandiol (available as Symdiol 68 from Symrise), laminaine, their salts, their derivatives, their precursors,
  • the personal care composition may comprise botanical extracts.
  • the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.0005% 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more botanical extracts.
  • Suitable botanical extracts include extracts from plants (herbs, roots, flowers, fruits, seeds) such as flowers, fruits, vegetables, and so on, including yeast ferment extract, Padina Pavonica extract, thermus thermophilis ferment extract, camelina saliva seed oil, boswellia serrata extract, olive extract.bodopsis Thaliana extract, Acacia Dealbata extract, Acer Saccharintim (sugar maple), acidopholus, acorus, aesculus, Alicaligenes polysaccharides, agaricus, agave, agrimonia, algae, aloe, citrus, brassica, cinnamon, orange, apple, blueberry, cranberry, peach, pear, lemon, lime, pea, seaweed, caffeine, green tea, chamomile, willowbark, mulberry, poppy, and the like.
  • yeast ferment extract including yeast ferment extract, Padina Pavonica extract, thermus thermophilis ferment extract, camelina saliva seed oil, boswellia serrata extract, olive
  • Glycyrrhiza Glabra Salix Nigra, Macrocycstis Pyrifera, Pyrus Malus, Saxifraga Sarmentosa, Vitis Vinifera, Morus Nigra, Scutellaria Baicalensis, Anthemis Nobilis, Salvia Sclarea, Rosmarinus Officianalis, Citrus edica Limonum, Ginkgo Biloba Panax Ginseng, Siegesbeckia Orientalis, Fructus Mume, Ascophyllum Nodosum, Bifida Ferment lysate, Glycine Soja extract, Beta Vulgaris, Haberlea Rhodopensis, Polygonum Cuspidatum, Citrus Aurantium Dulcis, Vitis Vini fera, Selaginella Tamariscina, Hum lus Liipulus, Citrus Reticulata Peel, Punica Granatum, Asparagopsis, Curcuma Longa, Menyanthes Trifoliat
  • the personal care compositions can comprise an antimicrobial or antifungal active.
  • a safe and effective amount of an antimicrobial or antifungal active can be added to the present compositions.
  • the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more antimicrobial, antibactcrialand/or antifungal actives.
  • Suitable actives useful herein include those selected from the group consisting of benzoyl peroxide, 3-hydroxy benzoic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, 4-hydroxy benzoic acid, 2- hydroxybutanoic acid, 2-hydroxypentanoic acid, 2-hydroxyhexanoic acid, phytic acid, lipoic acid, azclaic acid, arachidonic acid, benzoylpcroxide, tetracycline, ibuprofen, naproxen, hydrocortisone, acetominophcn, resorcinol, phenoxyethanol, phenoxypropanol, phenoxyisopropanol, lidocaine hydrochloride, neocycin sulfate, and mixtures thereof.
  • Azole antimicrobials may be used and include imidazoles such as benzimidazole, benzothiazole, bifonazole, butaconazole nitrate, climbazole, clotrimazole, croconazole, eberconazole, econazole, elubiol, fenticonazole, fluconazole, flutimazole, isoconazole, ketoconazole, lanoconazole, metronidazole, miconazole, neticonazole, omoconazole, oxiconazole nitrate, sertaconazole, sulconazole nitrate, tioconazole, thiazole, and triazoles such as terconazole and itraconazole, and combinations thereof.
  • imidazoles such as benzimidazole, benzothiazole, bifonazole, butaconazole nitrate, climbazole, clotrimaz
  • Selenium sul fide may be used as an antimicrobial.
  • Average particle diameters for the selenium sulfide are typically less than 15 ⁇ , as measured by forward laser light scattering device (e.g. , Malvern 3600 instrument), or, alternately, less than 10 ⁇ .
  • Antiperspirant actives may also be included in the compositions of the present invention.
  • Suitable antiperspirant actives include astringent metallic salts, especially the inorganic and organic salts of aluminum zirconium and zinc, as well as mixtures thereof.
  • Exemplary actives include aluminum containing and/or zirconium-containing materials or salts, such as aluminum halides, aluminum chlorohydrate, aluminum hydroxyhalides, zirconyl oxyhalides, zirconyl hydroxyhalides, and mixtures thereof.
  • the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 , 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%,, or 3% by weight of the composition, of one or more antiperspirant compounds.
  • the personal care composition may include a warming sensates and/or cooling senate.
  • Sensatcs provide the sensation of heating or cooling to a user, but may or may not yield a change in skin temperature. The sensation may be instantaneous or may be delayed, but, generally, is appreciable within 5 minutes of application of the skin care composition.
  • the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.00] %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more sensates. Any mixture of the warming and/or cooling sensates may also be used.
  • warming sensates include ethyl alcohol, niacin, jambu, nicotinic acid, zingerone, vanillyl alcohol n-butyl ether, vanillyl alcohol n-propyl ether, vanillyl alcohol isopropyl ether, vanillyl alcohol isobutyl ether, vanillyl alcohol n-amino ether, vanillyl alcohol isoamyl ether, vanillyl alcohol n-hexyl ether, vanillyl alcohol methyl ether, vanillyl alcohol ethyl ether, gingerol, methyl salicylate, shogaol paradol, zingerone, capsaicin, dihydrocapsaicin, nordihydrocapsaicin, homocapsaicin, homodihydrocapsaicin, ethanol, tincture capsicum, oleoresin ginger alcohol extraction, eucalyptus oil, capsaicin,
  • warming sensatcs include fluid extracts, hydro-alcohol extracts, essential oils, oleoresins, concretes or distillates of mustard seed, ginger, horseradish, chillies, jalapeno, pepper, capsicum, clove, cassia, and mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable cooling sensates include menthol, isopulegole, 3-( l -menthoxy)propan- l ,2-diol, p-menlhan-3,8-diol, 6-isopropyl-9-methyl- 1 ,4-dioxaspiro-(4,5)-decane-2-methanol, menthyl succinate, alkaline earth salts of menthyl succinate, trimethyl cyclohexanol, N-ethyl-2-isopropyl- 5-methylcyclohexane carboxamidc and other carboxamides as described in U.S. Patent No.
  • menthyl lactate 2-(5'-methyl-2 -(methylethyl)cyclohexyloxy)ethan- l-ol, 3-(5'-methyl-2'-(methylethyl)cyclohexyloxy)propan- l -ol, 4-(5'-methyl-2'-(methylethyl) cyclohexyloxy) butan- l -ol, and spearmint.
  • cooling sensatcs include p-menth-3-yl n-butyl sulphoxidc, n-butyl 1 -isobutylcyclohexyl sulphoxide, n-hexyl 1 -isobiitylcyclohexyl sulphoxide, n-butyl 1 -isoamylcyclohexyl sulphoxide and n-hexyl 1 ,2-diethylcyclohexyl sulphoxide, and other cyclic sulphoxides and sulphones as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,032,661.
  • the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 10%, 7%, 5%, 2%, or 1 %, by weight of the composition, of one or more preservatives.
  • preservatives are suitable, including such as benzoic acid, benzyl alcohol, benzylhemiformal, benzylparaben, 5-bromo-5- nitro- 1 ,3- dioxane, 2-bromo-2-nitropropane- 1 ,3-diol, butyl parabcn, phenoxyethanol, methyl paraben, propyl paraben, diazolidinyl urea, sodium bcnzoate, calcium benzoate, calcium propionate, caprylyl glycol, biguanide derivatives, phenoxyethanol, captan, chlorhexidine diacetate, chlorhexidine digluconate, chlorhexidine dihydrochloride, chloroacetamide, chlorobutanol, p- chloro-m- cresol, chlorophene, chlorothymol, chloroxylenol, m-cresol, o-cresol, DEDM hydantoin, DEDM hydanto, DE
  • the personal care compositions of the present invention may also contain an anti- dandruff agent.
  • the personal care composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, 4%, 3%, or 2%, by weight of the composition, of one or more anti-dandruff actives.
  • anti-dandruff particulates include: pyridinethione salts, azoles, selenium sulfide, particulate sulfur, and mixtures thereof.
  • pyridinethione anti-dandruff particulates especially l -hydroxy-2-pyridinethione salts
  • Suitable pyridinethione salts include those formed from heavy metals such as zinc, tin, cadmium, magnesium, aluminum and zirconium.
  • zinc or a zinc salt of l -hydroxy-2-pyridinethione (known as "zinc pyridinethione" or "ZPT") may be used
  • l -hydroxy-2-pyridinethione salts may be in platelet particle form, wherein the particles have an average size of up to about 20 ⁇ , up to about 5 ⁇ , or up to about 2.5 ⁇ . Salts formed from other cations, such as sodium, may also be suitable.
  • Pyridinethione anti-dandruff agents are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,809,971 ; 3,236,733; 3,753, 196; 3,761 ,418; 4,345,080; 4,323,683; 4,379,753; and 4,470,982. It is contemplated that when ZPT is used as the anti-dandruff particulate in the compositions herein, that the growth or re-growth of hair may be sti mulated or regulated, or both, or that hair loss may be reduced or inhibited, or that hair may appear thicker or fuller.
  • the personal care composition can comprise one or more substantivity polymers. These polymers may be used to enhance the deposition and longevity of other ingredients onto the keratinous tissue. These polymers may also improve rub-off resistance and water repellence.
  • the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1%, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more substantivity polymer.
  • Suitable cationic polymers for use in the compositions of the present invention contain cationic nitrogen-containing moieties such as quaternary ammonium or cationic protonated amino moieties.
  • the cationic protonated amines can be primary, secondary, or tertiary amines (preferably secondary or tertiary), depending upon the particular species and the selected pH of the composition.
  • Any anionic counterions can be used in association with the cationic polymers so long as the polymers remain soluble in water, in the composition, or in a coacervate phase of the composition, and so long as the counterions are physically and chemically compatible with the essential components of the composition or do not otherwise unduly impair product performance, stability or aesthetics.
  • Non limiting examples of such counterions include halides (e.g. , chloride, fluoride, bromide, iodide), sulfate and methylsiil ate.
  • Non limiting examples of suitable cationic polymers include copolymers of vinyl monomers having cationic protonated amine or quaternary ammonium functionalities with water soluble spacer monomers such as acrylamide, methacrylamide, alkyl and dialkyl acrylamides, alkyl and dialkyl methacrylamides, alkyl acrylate, alkyl methacrylate, vinyl caprolactone or vinyl pyrrolidone.
  • Suitable cationic protonated amino and quaternary ammonium monomers for inclusion in the cationic polymers of the composition herein, include vinyl compounds substituted with dialkylaminoalkyl acrylate, dialkylaminoalkyl methacrylate, monoalkylaminoalkyl acrylate, monoalkylaminoalkyl methacrylate, trialkyl methacryloxyalkyl ammonium salt, trialkyl acryloxyalkyl ammonium salt, diallyl quaternary ammonium salts, and vinyl quaternary ammonium monomers having cyclic cationic nitrogen-containing rings such as pyridinium, imidazolium, and quaternized pyrrolidone, e.g. , alkyl vinyl imidazolium, alkyl vinyl pyridinium, alkyl vinyl pyrrolidone salts.
  • Suitable cationic polymers for use in the compositions include copolymers of 1 - vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and l -vinyl-3-methylimidazolium salt (e.g. , chloride salt) (INCI name: Polyquaternium- 16); copolymers of l -vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (INCI name: Polyquaternium- 1 1 ); cationic diallyl quaternary ammonium-containing polymers, including, for example, dimethyldiallylammonium chloride homopolymer, copolymers of acrylamide and dimethyldiallylammonium chloride (INCI name: Polyquaternium 6 and Polyquaternium 7, respectively); amphoteric copolymers of acrylic acid including copolymers of acrylic acid and dimethyldiallylammonium chloride (INCI name: Polyquaternium 22), terpolymers of acrylic acid with dimethyldiallylammonium chloride and
  • R 1 is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl ; each of R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are independently hydrogen or a short chain alkyl having from about 1 to about 8 carbon atoms; n is an integer having a value of from about 1 to about 8 ; and X is a counterion.
  • the nitrogen attached to R 2 , R 3 and R 4 may be a protonated amine (primary, secondary or tertiary), but is preferably a quaternary ammonium wherein each of R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are alkyl groups a non limiting example of which is polymethyacrylamidopropyl trimonium chloride, available under the trade name Polycare 133, from Rhone-Poulenc.
  • Other suitable cationic polymers for use in the composition include polysaccharide polymers, such as cationic cellulose derivatives and cationic starch derivatives. Suitable cationic polysaccharide polymers include those which conform to the formula:
  • A is an anhydroglucose residual group, such as a starch or cellulose anhydroglucose residual
  • R is an alkylenc oxyalkylenc, polyoxyalkylene, or hydroxyalkylene group, or combination thereof
  • Rl , R2, and R3 independently are alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or alkoxyaryl groups, each group containing up to about 18 carbon atoms
  • X is an anionic counterion as described in hereinbefore.
  • Suitable cationic cellulose polymers are salts of hydroxyethyl cellulose reacted with trimethyl ammonium substituted epoxide, INCI name "Polyquaternium 10" and available from Amerchol Corp. (Edison, N.J., USA) in their Polymer LR, JR, and KG series of polymers.
  • Other suitable types of cationic cellulose includes the polymeric quaternary ammonium salts of hydroxyethyl cellulose reacted wilh lauryl dimethyl ammonium-substituted epoxide, INCI name "Polyquaternium 24.” These materials are available from Amerchol Corp. under the tradename Polymer LM-200.
  • Suitable cationic polymers include cationic guar gum derivatives, such as guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride, specific examples of which include the Jaguar series commercially avaialable from Rhone-Poulenc Incorporated and the N-Hance series commercially available from Aqualon Division of Hercules, Inc.
  • Other suitable cationic polymers include quaternary nitrogen-containing cellulose ethers, some examples of which are described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,962, 1 8.
  • Other su itable cationic polymers include copolymers of etherified cellulose, guar and starch, some examples of which are described in U .S. Pat. No. 3,958,581.
  • compositions herein can comprise nonionic polymers.
  • polyalkylene glycols having a molecular weight of more than about 1000 can be used. These can include those having the following general formula:
  • Preferred polyethylene glycol polymers can include PEG-2M (also known as Poiyox WSR® N- 10, which is available from Dow Chemical Co.
  • PEG-5M also known as Poiyox WSR ® N-35 and Polyox WSR* 9 N-80, available from Dow and as PEG-5,000 and Polyethylene Glycol 300,000
  • PEG-7M also known as Polyox WSR® N-750 available from Dow
  • PEG-9M also known as Polyox WSR ® -3333 available from Dow
  • PEG- 14 M also known as Polyox WSR ® N-3000 available from Dow.
  • Suitable commercially available substantivity polymers include: Cosmedia DC
  • Polycrylene has the INCI name Polyester-8 and is available from Hallstar Co; Dow Corning FA 4001 CM Silicone Acrylate and Dow Corning FA 4002 ID Silicone Acrylate (copolymer of polytrimethylsiloxymethacrylate and one or more monomers consisting of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, or one of their simple esters dissolved in cyclopcnlasiloxane or isododecanc, respecti vely); Ganex P-904 (poly(butylated vinylpyrrolidone)), Ganex V-216 (vinylpyrrolidone and hexadecene copolymer), Ganex V-220 (vinylpyrrolidone and eicosene copolymer), and Ganex WP-660 (vinyl pyrrolidone and 1 - triacontane copolymer), all available from International Specialty Products; Phospholipon 9011 (hydrogenated lecithin) available from Phospholipid GmbH;
  • the personal care composition may include one or more detersi ve surfactants.
  • the personal care composition may be in the form of a leave-on product that may be substantially free of cleansing or detersive surfactants.
  • leave-on compositions may comprise less than 1 % cleansing surfactants, less than 0.5% cleansing surfactants, or 0% cleansing surfactants
  • the detersive surfactant component can be included to provide cleaning performance to the composition.
  • the detersive surfactant component in turn can comprise anionic detersive surfactant, zwitterionic or amphoteric detersive surfactant, or a combination thereof.
  • Such surfacta ts should be physically and chemically compatible with the essential components described herein, or should not otherwise unduly impair product stability, aesthetics or performance.
  • Suitable anionic detersive surfactant components for use in the composition herein include those which are known for use in hair care or other personal care cleansing compositions.
  • the concentration of the anionic surfactant component in the composition can preferably be sufficient to provide the desired cleaning and lather performance, which generally can range from about 1 %, 2.5%, 5%, 7.5%, 10%, 12.5%, or 15% to about 50%, 40%, 30%, 25%, 20%, or 10%, by weight of the composition.
  • Suitable anionic surfactants suitable for use in the compositions are the alkyl and alkyl ether sulfates. These materials have the respective formulae ROSO3M and RO(C2H40) x S03M, wherein R is alkyl or alkenyl of from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms, x is an integer having a value of from 1 to 10, and M is a cation such as ammonium, alkanolamines, such as triethanolamine, monovalent metals, such as sodium and potassium, and polyvalent metal cations, such as magnesium, and calcium.
  • R alkyl or alkenyl of from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms
  • x is an integer having a value of from 1 to 10
  • M is a cation such as ammonium, alkanolamines, such as triethanolamine, monovalent metals, such as sodium and potassium, and polyvalent metal cations, such as magnesium, and calcium.
  • R has from about 8 to about 1 8 carbon atoms, from about 10 to about 16 carbon atoms, or from about 12 to about 14 carbon atoms, in both the alkyl and alkyl ether sulfates.
  • the alkyl ether sulfates are typically made as condensation products of ethylene oxide and monohydric alcohols having from about 8 to about 24 carbon atoms.
  • the alcohols can be synthetic or they can be derived from fats, e.g. , coconut oil, palm kernel oil, tallow. Lauryl alcohol and straight chain alcohols derived from coconut oil or palm kernel oil are preferred.
  • Such alcohols are reacted with between about 0 and about 10, from about 2 to about 5, or about 3, molar proportions of ethylene oxide, and the resulting mixture of molecular species having, for example, an average of 3 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol, is sulfated and neutralized.
  • anionic detersive surfactants are the water-soluble salts of organic, sulfuric acid reaction products conforming to the formula [ R I -SO3-M ] where is a straight or branched chain, saturated, aliphatic hydrocarbon radical having from about 8 to about 24 or from about 10 to about 18 carbon atoms; and M is a cation described hereinbefore.
  • anionic detersive surfactants are the reaction products of fatty acids esteri fied with isethionic acid and neutralized with sodium hydroxide where, for example, the fatty acids are derived from coconut oil or palm kernel oil; sodium or potassium salts of fatty acid amides of methyl tauride in which the fatly acids, for example, are derived from coconut oil or palm kernel oil.
  • Other similar anionic surfactants are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,486,921 , 2,486,922, and 2,396,278.
  • anionic detersive surfactants suitable for use in the compositions are the succinnates, examples of which include disodium N-octadecylsulfosuccinnate; disodium lauryl sulfosuccinale; diammonium lauryl sulfosuccinate; tetrasodium N-( l ,2-dicarboxyethyl)-N- octadecylsul fosuccinnate; diamyl ester of sodium sulfosuccinic acid; dihexyl ester of sodium sulfosuccinic acid; and dioctyl esters of sodium sulfosuccinic acid.
  • Suitable anionic detersive surfactants include olefin sulfonates having about 10 to about 24 carbon atoms.
  • the olefin sulfonates can contain minor amounts of other materials, such as alkene disulfonates depending upon the reaction conditions, proportion of reactants, the nature of the starting olefins and impurities in the olefin stock and side reactions during the sulfonation process.
  • alkene disulfonates depending upon the reaction conditions, proportion of reactants, the nature of the starting olefins and impurities in the olefin stock and side reactions during the sulfonation process.
  • Another class of anionic detersive surfactants suitable for use in the personal care composition is beta-alkyloxy alkane sulfonates. These surfactants conform to the formula
  • R ' is a straight chain alkyl group having from about 6 to about 20 carbon atoms, is a lower alkyl group having from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms, preferably 1 carbon atom, and M is a water-soluble cation as described hereinbefore.
  • Suitable anionic detersive surfactants for use in the compositions include ammonium lauryl sulfate, ammonium laureth sulfate, triethylamine lauryl sulfate, triethylamine laureth sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, triethanolaminc laureth sulfate, monoethanolamine lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine laureth sulfate, diethanolamine lauryl sulfate, diethanolamine laureth sulfate, lauric monoglyceride sodium sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium laureth sulfate, potassium lauryl sulfate, potassium laureth sulfate, sodium lauryl sarcosinate, sodium lauroyl sarcosinate, lauryl sarcosinc, cocoyl sarcosine, ammonium cocoyl sulf
  • Suitable amphoteric or zwitterionic detersive ' surfactants for use in the composition herein include those which are known for use in hair care or other personal care cleansing.
  • Amphoteric detersive surfactants suitable for use in the composition are well known in the art, and include those surfactants broadly described as derivatives of aliphatic secondary and tertiary amines in which the aliphatic radical can be straight or branched chain and wherein one of the aliphatic substituents contains from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms and one contains an anionic group such as carboxy, sul fonate, sulfate, phosphate, or phosphonate.
  • Preferred amphoteric detersive surfactant ' s for use in the present invention include cocoamphoacetate, cocoamphodiacetate, lauroamphoacetate, lauroamphodiacetate, and mixtures thereof.
  • suitable zwilterionic or amphoteric surfactants are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5, 104,646 and 5, 106,609.
  • Zwilterionic detersive surfactants suitable for use in the composition are well known in the art, and include those surfactants broadly described as derivatives of aliphatic quaternary ammonium, phosphonium, and sulfonium compounds, in which the aliphatic radicals can be straight or branched chain, and wherein one of the aliphatic substituents contains from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms and one contains an anionic group such as carboxy, sulfonate, sulfate, phosphate or phosphonate. Zwiltcrionics such as betaines are preferred.
  • Suitable optional surfactants include nonionic and cationic surfactants. Any such surfactant known in the art for use in hair or personal care products may be used, provided that the optional additional surfactant is also chemically and physically compatible with the essential components of the composition, or does not otherwise unduly impair product performance, aesthetics or stability.
  • Non limiting examples of other anionic, zwitterionic, amphoteric or optional additional surfactants suitable for use in the compositions are described in McCutcheon's, Einiilsifiers and Detergents, 2010 Annual Ed., published by M. C. Publishing Co., and U.S . Pat. Nos. 3,929,678, 2,658,072, 2,438,091 , and 2,528,378.
  • any other suitable optional component can also be included in the personal care composition of the present invention, such as those ingredients that are conventionally used in given product types.
  • iodopropyl butylcarbamate antifungal agents, antioxidants, binders, buffering agents, bulking agents, chelating agents, colorants, cosmetic astringents, cosmetic biocides, denaturants, drug astringents, external analgesics, film formers, opacifying agents, pH adjusters, plant derivatives, plant extracts, plant tissue extracts, plant seed extracts, plant oils, botanicals, botanical extracts, preservatives, propellants, reducing agents, sebum control agents, sequestrants, skin bleaching agents, skin- conditioning agents ⁇ e.g. humectants and occlusive agents), and skin protectants.
  • Other suitable optional person care ingredients include materials listed in paragraphs 5 13-839 of U.S Patent Application No. 2010/01 12100.
  • Glycerin 10.0 10.0 1 1 1 1 10 10.0 2.0 10.0 2.0
  • exemplary di-amido gellants include dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(propane- 1 ,3- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-mcthyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1 -diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(propane- 1 ,3- diylbis(iizanediyl))bis(l -oxo-3-phenylpropane-2, 1 -diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(hexane- 1 ,6- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l -oxo-3-phcnylpropane-2, l -diyl)dicarbamate; and N, N'-(2S)- 1 , 1 '-
  • Phase A combine the ingredients of Phase A in a suitable container.
  • a suitable container combine the ingredients of Phase B. Heat each phase to 75-80°C while mixing each phase using a suitable mixer (e.g.. Anchor blade, propeller blade) until each reaches temperature and is homogenous. Slowly add Phase B to Phase A while continuing to mix Phase A. Continue mixing unti l batch is uniform. Homogenize product with Ultra-Turrax homogenizer (IKA, Inc) or equivalent and pour product into suitable containers at 75-80°C. Store the containers at room temperature without disturbing for at least 12 hours.
  • a suitable mixer e.g. Anchor blade, propeller blade
  • the ingredients are combined and mixed (with heat if needed) until uni form; the composition may be warmed to dissolve all ingredients. Once the composition is uniform, the product is poured into suitable containers.
  • the di-amido gellant may be added via a premix containing the designed amount of di-amido gellant and suitable amount of carrier fluid from the phase to be structured.
  • the personal care compositions of the present invention may be useful for improving or regulating a number of keratinous tissue conditions.
  • "regulating" means maintaining skin appearance and/or feel of the keratinous tissue with little to no degradation in appearance and/or feel
  • “improving” means affecting a positive change in keratinous tissue appearance and/or feel.
  • the keratinous tissue appearance and/or feel benefit may be an acute or chronic benefit.
  • Keratinous tissue conditions that may be regulated or improved include, but are not limited to thickening kerati such tissue ⁇ e.g. , building the epidermis and/or dermis and/or subcutaneous layers of the skin or lips and where applicable the keratinous layers of the nail and hair shaft including eye lashes), atrophy, softening and/or smoothing, itch, appearance of dark under-eye circles and/or puffy eyes, sallowness, sagging (e.g.
  • tanning desquamating, exfoliating, and/or increasing turnover in mammalian skin, pores size, oily/shiny appearance, hyperpigmentation such as post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation, spider vessels and/or red blotchiness on mammalian skin, fine lines and wrinkles, dryness (e.g. , roughness, scaling, flak ing), cellulite, and acne.
  • hyperpigmentation such as post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation, spider vessels and/or red blotchiness on mammalian skin, fine lines and wrinkles, dryness (e.g. , roughness, scaling, flak ing), cellulite, and acne.
  • keratinous conditions that may be regulated or improved include signs of skin aging including, but not limited to, all outward visibly and tactilely perceptible manifestations, as well as any macro- or micro-effects, due to keratinous tissue aging. These signs may result from processes which include, but are not limited to, the development of textural discontinuities such as wrinkles and coarse deep wrinkles, fine lines, skin lines, crevices, bumps, large pores, unevenness or roughness; loss of skin elasticity; discoloration (including undereye circles); blotchiness; sallowness; hyperpigmented skin regions such as age spots and freckles; keratoses; abnormal differentiation; hyperkeratinization; elastosis; collagen breakdown, and other histological changes in the stratum corneum, dermis, epidermis, vascular system (e.g. , telangiectasia or spider vessels), and underlying tissues (e.g. , fat and/or muscle), especially those proximate to the skin.
  • the personal care compositions of the present invention may be useful for improving or regulating insult-affected keratinous tissue.
  • insult-affected keratinous tissue means keratinous tissue which exhibits discomfort, irritation, an unpleasant or irregular appearance, and the like, for example after exposure to a physical and/or chemical irritant.
  • Non-limiting examples of insult-affected keratinous tissue include burn (e.g. , sunburns, windburn, chemical or thermal burns); rashes (e.g. , diaper rash, shaving rash and allergen-induced rashes); discoloration (e.g.. bleaching, staining, hyperpigmentation); nicks and cuts (e.g. , shaving insults); and dry, chapped or rough skin (e.g.
  • Non-limiting examples of insults include radiation, wind, low humidity, allergens, pollutants, chemical and natural irritants, bodily fluids, bodily waste, excessive moisture, bacteria, fungi, etc.
  • Regulating and improving keratinous tissue condition involves topically applying to the keratinous tissue a safe and effective amount of a composition of the present invention.
  • the amount of the composition that is applied, the frequency of application and the period of use will vary widely depending upon the actives and other components of a given composition and the level of regulation or improvement desired.
  • the composition is chronically applied to the keratinous tissue and, more specifically, the skin.
  • chromenic topical application routine or periodic application of the composition over a time period during the subject's lifetime. Suitable time periods include at least about one week, at least about one month, at least about three months, at least about six months, and at least about one year. Typically applications would be on the order of about once per day over such extended periods, however application rates can vary from about once per week up to about three times per day or more.
  • a wide range of quantities of the compositions of the present invention can be employed to provide a skin appearance and/or feel benefit.
  • Quantities of the present compositions which are typically applied per application, are, in mg of composition per cm ⁇ of keratinous tissue and, more specifically, the skin.
  • a suitable application quantity is from about 0.1 mg/cm ⁇ to about 20 mg/cm ⁇ or from about 0.5 mg/cm ⁇ to about 10 mg/cm ⁇ .
  • Suitable keratinous tissues to which the compositions may be employed include any part of the external portion of the face, hair, and/or nails.
  • the personal care composition may be applied to the face, lips, under-eye area, eyelids, scalp, neck, torso, arms, hands, legs, fingernails, toenails, scalp hair, eyelashes, eyebrows, and the like.
  • the personal care composition is applied to a "facial skin surface," which refers to one or more of the forehead, periorbital, cheek, perioral, chin, and nose skin surfaces.
  • Leave-on compositions may be left on the keratinous tissue for a period of at least about
  • compositions may be done using, e.g. , the palms of the hands and/or fingers, an implement, e.g., a cotton ball, swab, pad etc.
  • an implement e.g., a cotton ball, swab, pad etc.
  • the composition can be dispensed from a bottle, jar, tube, sachet, pouch, container, bottle, vial, ampoule, compact, etc. or can be integrally contained within a delivery form such as a wipe.
  • the application of the present compositions may be done using the palms of the hands and/or fingers.
  • the application may also be done with the aid of a device or implement such as a cotton ball, swab, pad, brush, eye dropper, puff, sponge, wand, wipe, foam, nonwoven substrate, mask, roll-on applicator, stick applicator, applicator pen, spray applicator, atomizer, razor, etc.
  • the active may be contained in a rupturable pouch between two substrates.
  • NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units
  • the turbidity is measured using a l lach 21 OOP turbidity meter calibrated according to the procedure provided by the manufacture.
  • the sample vials are filled with 15ml of representative sample and capped and cleaned according to the operating instructions. If necessary, the samples are degassed to remove any bubbles either by applying a vacuum or using an ultrasonic bath (see operating manual for procedure).
  • the turbidity is measured using the automatic range selection.
  • Viscosity - Viscosities are measured on a Brookfield viscometer using a T-C bar spindle with a heliopath setting at 5 rpm at 25°C
  • MGC Minimum gelling concentration
  • Second screening prepare several vials increasing the di-amido gellant concentration in 0. 1 weight % steps in the interval determined in the first screening.
  • MGC Minimum Gelling Concentration
  • samples are prepared and treated as follows: 8mL vials (Borosilacate glass with Teflon cap, ref. B7857D, Fisher Scientific Bioblock) are filled with 2.0000+0.0005 g (KERN ALJ 1 20-4 analytical balance with ⁇ 0. 1 mg precision) of the liquid (comprising the liquid detergent composition and di-amido gellant) for which we want to determine the MGC.
  • the vial is sealed with the screw cap and left for 10 minutes in an ultrasound bath (Elma Transsonic T 710 DH, 40 kHz, 9.5L, at 25 °C and operating at 100% power) in order to disperse the solid in the liquid.
  • vapours may be formed, and upon cooling down the samples, these vapours can condense on top of the gel. When the vial is inverted, this condensed vapour will flow. This is discounted during the observation period. If no gels are obtained in the concentration interval, higher concentrations must be evaluated.

Abstract

A personal care composition is disclosed comprising a di-amido gellant, wherein the di- amido gellant has a formula (I) wherein R1 and R2 are aminofunctional end-groups which may be the same or different, and L is a linking moiety of molecular weight from 14 to 500 g/mol. The personal care composition may take a variety of forms such as a leave-on composition or an emulsion and/or may comprise one or more actives or agents.

Description

PERSONAL CARE COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING A DI-AMIDO GELLANT AND METHODS OF USING
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
Personal care compositions are disclosed comprising a di-amido gellarit that is compatible with a broad range of personal care ingredients.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
It has long been desired to create a broad range of personal care compositions tailored to the specific needs of consumers. For example, personal care compositions include anti-aging lotions, after-shave balms, hair styling products, mascaras, and the like. However, problems exist with developing "universal" compositions that can be tailored for particular products. Materials suitable for one composition may be unsuitable for another composition. This is particularly prevalent when attempting to structure personal care compositions. Structurants are typically selected based upon the particular phase being structured. Structurant selection may be limited if the composition includes reactive materials such as anionic species that can complex with cationic structurants. Structurant selection may be further limited given the pH of the personal care composition. Low or high pH can limit the efficacy of many structurants. Furthermore, skin feel is an important characteristic for personal care compositions. A sufficient amount of structurant is needed to achieve a consumer desirable and aesthetically pleasing viscosity. At efficacious levels, many structurants can result in an undesirable greasy or tacky skin feel. As a result, a challenge exits to find structurants compatible with a broad range of potential personal care compositions while providing consumer acceptable aesthetics.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Various personal care compositions are disclosed comprising a di-amido gellant, wherein the di-amido gellant has a formula:
Figure imgf000002_0001
wherein Ri and R2 are aminofunctional end-groups which may be the same or different, and L is a linking moiety of rholecular weight from 14 to 500 g/mol; and wherein the personal care composition is a leave-on composition.
A personal care composition in the form of an emulsion comprising an aqueous phase, an oil phase, and a di-amido gellant as previously described. A personal care composition comprising a di-amido gellant, as previously described and an active or agent selected from a group consisting of sugar amines, vitamins, oil control agents, photosterols, hexamidine compounds, tightening agents, anti-wrinkle actives, anti-atrophy actives, flavonoids, N-acyl amino acid compounds, retinoids, peptides, particulate materials, UV actives, photostabilizers, anti-cellulite agents, desquamation actives, anti-acne actives, antioxidants, radical scavengers, conditioning agents, anti-inflammatory agents, tanning actives, skin lightening agents, botanical extracts, antimicrobial actives, antifungal actives, antibacterial actives, antiperspirant actives, sensates, preservatives, anti-dandruff actives, substantivity polymers, detersive surfactants, and combinations thereof. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
All percentages and ratios used herein are by weight of the total composition, unless otherwise designated. All measurements are understood to be made at ambient conditions, where "ambient conditions" means conditions at about 25 °C, under about one atmosphere of pressure, and at about 50% relative humidity, unless otherwise designated. All numeric ranges are inclusive of narrower ranges; delineated upper and lower range limits are combinable to create further ranges not explicitly delineated.
The compositions of the present invention can comprise, consist essentially of, or consist of, the essential components as well as optional ingredients described herein. As used herein, "consisting essentially of means that the composition or component may include additional ingredients, but only if the additional ingredients do not materially alter the basic and novel characteristics of the claimed compositions or methods.
The term "personal care composition" means compositions suitable for topical application on mammalian keratinous tissue.
The term "apply" or "application," as used in reference to a composition, means to apply or spread the compositions of the present invention onto keratinous tissue such as the epidermis.
The term "keratinous tissue" refers to keratin-containing layers disposed as the outermost protective covering of mammals (e.g. , humans, dogs, cats, etc.) which includes, but is not limited to, skin, lips, hair, toenails, fingernails, cuticles, hooves, etc.
The term "dermatologically acceptable" means that the compositions or components described are suitable for use in contact with human skin tissue without undue toxicity, incompatibility, instability, allergic response, and the like.
The term "safe and effective amount" means an amount of a compound or composition sufficient to significantly induce a positive benefit. The term "leave-on," in reference to compositions, means compositions intended to be applied to and allowed to remain on the keratinous tissue. These leave-on compositions are to be distinguished from compositions which are applied to the skin and subsequently (in a few minutes or less) removed either by washing, rinsing, wiping, or the like. Leave-on compositions exclude rinse-off applications such as shampoos, facial cleansers, hand cleansers, body wash, or body cleansers. The leave-on compositions may be substantially free of cleansing or detersive surfactants. For example, "leave-on compositions" may be left on the keratinous tissue for at least 15 minutes. For example, leave-on compositions may comprise less than 1 % detersive surfactants, less than 0.5% detersive surfactants, or 0% detersive surfactants. The compositions may, however, contain emulsifying or other processing surfactants that are not intended to provide any significant cleansing benefits when applied topically to the skin.
The term "derivatives" means an ester, ether, amide, hydroxy, and/or salt structural analogue of the relevant compound.
The term "to structure" or "structure" means to increase viscosity, yield, thicken, solidify, or provide solid or crystalline structure to the personal care composition
The term "soluble" means at least about 0.1 g of solute dissolves in 100 ml of solvent, at 25 °C and 1 aim of pressure.
Di-amido gellant
The personal care composition includes a di-amido gellant. The di-amido gellant may serve as a structurant in the personal care composition. The personal care composition may comprise from about 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, 1 %, 2.5%, 5%, 7.5%, or 10% to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%, 3%, 2%, 1 %, or 0.5% of the di-amido gellant. The di-amido gellant may be used in an aqueous phase including water and/or water soluble solvents. The di-amido gellant may be used in an oil phase including oils described herein.
The di-amido gellant comprises at least two nitrogen atoms, wherein at least two of said nitrogen atoms form amido functional substitution groups. In one embodiment, the amido groups are different. In a preferred embodiment, the amido functional groups are the same. The di- amido gellant has the following formula:
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein: R i and R2 re aminofunctional end-groups which may be the same or different and L is a linking moiety of molecular weight from 14 to 500 g/mol. Aminofunctional end-groups include amino or amido groups. Suitable aminofunctional end-groups are exemplified in greater detail below.
In certain embodiments: R i is R3 or
Figure imgf000005_0001
,wherein AA is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000005_0002
and R3 and R4 independently have the formula:
[II] (L')m-(L")q-R
wherein (m + q) is from 1 to 10, such that R| and R2 are aminofunctional end-groups.
In certain embodiments, L has the formula:
[111] Aa-Bb-Cc-Dd, where (a+b+c+d) is from 1 to 20, wherein L', L" from formula [II] and A, B, C, D from formula [111] are independently selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000006_0001
or, in select embodiments, L', L" from formula [II] and A, B, C, D from formula [III] are independently selected from the group consisting of:
H or R'
Figure imgf000006_0002
wherein the arrow indicates up to 4 substitutions in the positions indicated, X" is an anion, and R, R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000007_0001
Figure imgf000007_0002
Figure imgf000008_0001
Figure imgf000008_0002
ein r is an integer from 1 to 20 and Y+ is a cation.
In other embodiments, R, R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting
Figure imgf000008_0003
wherein the an ow indicates up to 4 substitutions in the positions indicated.
In certain embodiments, the di-amido gellant is characterized in that L is an al iphatic linking group with a backbone chain of from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as -(CH2)n- wherein n is selected from 2 to 20, and Ri and R2 both have the formula:
Figure imgf000008_0004
wherein AA is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000009_0001
or from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000009_0002
and R is selected from the group:
Figure imgf000009_0003
or from the group:
Figure imgf000009_0004
In another embodiment R, R', and R" can independently be selected from the group consisting of: an ethoxy group, an epoxy group with 1 to 15 ethoxy or epoxy units. In another embodiment, the R, R' and R" may comprise a functional end group selected from the group consisting of: an aromatic, alicyclic, heteroaromatic, heterocyclic group including mono-, di-, and oligo-polysaccharides.
L may be selected from C2 to C20, C6 to C I 2, or C8 to CIO hydrocarbyl chain.
The di-amido gellant may have a molecular weight from 150 to 1500 g/mol, from 300 g mol to 900 g mol, or from 400 g/mol to 700 g/mol.
In another embodiment, two or more of L, L' and L" are the same group. The di-amido gellant molecule can be symmetric with respect to the L entity or can be asymmetric. Without intending to be bound by theory, it is believed that symmetric di-amido gellant molecules allow for more orderly structured networks to form whereas compositions comprising one or more asymmetric di-amido gellant molecules can create disordered networks. The types of interactions between the di-amido gellant molecules are described in detail hereinafter. In certain embodiments, the AA comprises at least one of: Alanine, β-Alanine and substituted Alanines; Linear Amino-Alkyl Carboxylic Acid; Cyclic Amino-Alkyl Carboxylic Acid; Aminobenzoic Acid Derivatives; Aminobutyric Acid Derivatives; Arginine and Homologues; Asparagine; Aspartic Acid; p-Benzoyl-Phenylalanine; B iphenylalanine; Citrulline; Cyclopropylalanine; Cyclopentylalanine; Cyclohexylalanine; Cysteine, Cystine and Derivatives; Diaminobutyric Acid Derivatives; Diaminopropionic Acid; Glutamic Acid Derivatives; Glutamine; Glycine; Substituted Glycines; Histidine; Homoserine; Indole Derivatives; Isoleucine; Leucine and Derivatives; Lysine; Methionine; Naphthylalanine; Norleucine; Norvaline; Ornithine; Phenylalanine; Ring-Substituted Phenylalanines; Phenylglycine; Pipecolic Acid, Nipecotic Acid and Isonipecotic Acid; Proline; Hydroxyproline; Thiazolidine; Pyridylalanine; Serine; Statine and Analogues; Threonine; Tetrahydronorharman-3-carboxylic Acid; 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydroisoquinolinc; Tryptophane; Tyrosine; Valine; and combinations thereof.
The molecule may also comprise protective groups, preferably from 1 to 2 protective groups. Examples of suitable protective groups are provided in "Protecting Groups", P.J. Kocienski, ISBN 313 1 35601 4, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stutgart; and "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", T.W. Greene, P.G.M. Wuts, ISBN 0-471 -62301-6, John Wiley& Sons, Inc, New York.
In one embodiment, the di-amido gellant is a thermoreversible gellant such as described in US Patent 7,332,529. An example of this molecule is provided below:
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein X is C6 to C 12 alkylene, each R is C9 to C 12 alkyl, provided that when X is C6 alkylene, each R must be C I O alkyl. In a suitable embodiment, each R is C I O alkyl. In a more preferred embodiment, each R is C I O alkyl and X is C6 or C 12 alkylene. In another embodiment, each R is C I 2 alkyl. In another preferred embodiment, each R is C 12 alkyl and X is C I 2 alkylene.
In certain embodiments, the di-amido gellant preferably may have a minimum gelling concentration (MGC) of from about 0.1 mg/mL or 0.5 mg/mL to about 100 mg/mL, 25 mg/mL, or l Omg/mL in the personal care composition, in accordance with the MGC Test Method. The MGC as used herein can be represented as mg/ml or as a wt %, where wt% is calculated as the MGC in mg/ml divided by 10. In one embodiment, the MGC is at least 0.1 mg/mL, at least 0.3 mg/mL, at least 0.5 mg/mL, at least 1 .0 mg/mL, at least 2.0 mg/mL, at least 5.0 mg/mL of di- amido gellant.
Tables 1 -3 exemplify particular di-amido gellants suitable for use in a personal care composition:
Table 1: Non-lim iting examples of di-amido gellants of use in a personal care composition
Figure imgf000011_0001
Table 2: Non-limiting examples of di-amido gellants of use in a personal care composition dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-1 , 1 '-(ethane- 1 ,2- dibenzy 1 (2S ,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(propane- 1 ,3- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1 - diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1 - diyl)dicarbamate diyl)dicarbamate
dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(butane- 1 ,4- dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(pentane- 1 ,5- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- l-oxobutane-2, l - diylbis(azancdiyl))bis(3-mcthyl- l-oxobutane-2, l- diyl)dicarbamate diyl)dicarbamate
dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(hexane- 1 ,6- dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(heptane- 1 ,7- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-melhyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1 - diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- l -oxobutane-2, 1 - diyl)dicarbamate diyl)dicarbamate
y ^ -oxobutane-
-oxobutane-
Figure imgf000012_0001
Figure imgf000013_0001
Figure imgf000014_0001
Figure imgf000015_0001
N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(hexadecane- 1,16- N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(octadecane- 1,18- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-pheny lpropane-2, 1- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l- diyl)dibenzamide diyl)dibenzamide
Figure imgf000016_0001
N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(tetradecane- 1,14- diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 -oxo-3-phenylpropane-2, 1 - diyl)dibenzamide
Figure imgf000016_0002
Table 3: Non-limiting examples of di-amido gellants of use in a personal care composition lpropane-2, 1 -
l-
1 -
Figure imgf000016_0003
N,N'-(2S,2'S)-1 , r-(octane- l ,8- N,N'-(2S,2'S)- l , r-(ethane-l ,2- diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 -oxo-3-phenylpropane- diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 -oxopropane-2, 1 - 2,l -diyl)dibenzamide diyOdibenzamide
Figure imgf000017_0001
N, '-(2S,2'S)-1 , 1 '-(propane- 1 ,3- N,N'-(2S ,2'S)- 1 , l '-(butane- 1 ,4- diylbis(azanccliy l))bis( 1 -oxopropane-2, 1 - diylbis(azanediy]))bis(l -oxopropane-2, 1 - diyl)dibenzamide diyOdibenzamide
o
N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(pentane- 1 ,5- N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(hexane-1 ,6- diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 -oxopropane-2, 1 - diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 -oxopropane-2, 1 - diyl)dibenzamide diyOdibenzamide
N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(heptane- 1 ,7- N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(octane-1 ,8- diylbis(azanediy l))bis( 1 -oxopropane-2, 1 - diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l -oxopropane-2, 1- diyl)dibenzamide diyOdibenzamide
N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(nonane- 1 ,9- N,N'-(2S ,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(decane- 1 , 10- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l -oxopropane-2, 1 - diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 -oxopropane-2, 1 - diyl)dibenzamide diyOdibenzamide
I
N,N'-(2S,2'S)-1 , 1 '-(undecane-1 , 1 1 - N,N'-(2S ,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(dodecane- 1 , 12- diylbis(azanediy l))bis( 1 -oxopropane-2, 1 - diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l -oxopropane-2, 1 - diyOdibenzamide diyOdibenzamide
I
N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(tridecane- 1 , 1 3- N,N'-(2S ,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(hcxadecane- 1 , 16- diylbis(azanediy l))bis( 1 -oxopropane-2, 1 - diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l -oxopropane-2, 1 - diyOdibenzamide diyOdibenzamide
Figure imgf000017_0002
N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(octadecane- 1 , 18- N,N'-(2S ,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(tetradecanc- 1 , 14- diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 -oxopropane-2, 1 - diylbis(azancdiyl))bis( 1 -oxopropane-2, 1- diyOdibenzamide diyOdibenzamidc
P 9
0 γ¾.γ-Λ0 dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(octane- 1 ,8- diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 -oxo-3-phenylpropane- 2, l -diyl)dicarbamatc
Figure imgf000018_0001
To provide more robust structuring, the personal care composition may comprise a mixture of two or more di-amido gellant structurants. Such a mixture may include di-amido gellant structurants with differing solubilites in the carrier or solvent to be structured.
Personal Care Composition
One or more of the aforementioned di-amido gellants may be incorporated into a personal care composition. The personal care composition may be a skin care, anti-perspirant, deodorant, cosmetic, or hair care product. The personal care composition may be used as, for example, a moisturizer, conditioner, anti-aging compound, skin lightener, sunscreen, sunless tanner, shave preparation, lipstick, foundation, mascara, after-shave, and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, the composition is applied to the face, neck, hands, arms, and other typically exposed areas of the body.
The personal care composition may involve a wide variety of forms. Non-limiting examples include simple solutions (e.g. , water or oil based), dispersions, and emulsions. The personal care composition may be substantially anhydrous. "Substantially anhydrous" means that the composition comprises no more than about 1 %, 0.5%, or, 0% water. The personal care compositions may be fluid or solid (gels, sticks, flowable solids, amorphous materials). In certain embodiments, the personal care composition is in the form of an emulsion. Emulsion may be generally classified as having a continuous aqueous phase (e.g. , oil-in-water and water- in-oil-in-water) or a continuous oil phase (e.g. , water-in-oil and oil-in-water-in-oil).
In certain embodiment, the personal care composition has a turbidity of from about 5 NTU to less than about 3000 NTU, 1000 NTU, 500 NTU, or 100 NTU.
In select embodiments, the personal care composition may be in a form comprising at least one discrete, visually distinct first phase and at least one discrete, visually distinct second phase. For purposes of these select embodiments, "visually distinct" means that the phases can be separately seen by the human eye as distinctly separate regions (i.e. , not emulsions or dispersions of particles. In one embodiment, at least one phase forms a stable pattern, for example a continuous or discontinuous line, a spiral, a curve, or other geometric shape, within a transparent phase, where "within" means that one phase is substantially surrounded by the other phase the and does not contact the side of a container. Alternatively, the phases may form a swirled pattern, wherein both phases alternately contact the side of a container and wherein the width of each of phase, when viewed through the side of a transparent container, is substantially constant, but may differ from each other. Alternatively, the phases may form a marbled pattern, wherein the phases alternately contact the side of the container and wherein the width of the individual phases, when viewed through the side of a transparent container, may vary throughout the composition. In one embodiment, the first phase is a transparent, clear or translucent aqueous phase and the second phase is either an opaque white or colored non-aqueous phase. In another alternative embodiment, at least one aqueous phase forms a pattern within a non-aqueous phase. It is recognized that the composition optionally may comprise a three or more visually distinct and stable phases. Discrete, visually distinct multi-phase compositions are described in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2007/0297996, 2004/0057920, and 2004/02191 19.
Carriers
The personal care composition may comprise a carrier. Carriers may be selected for various stability, aesthetics, and/or compatibility with other materials present in the personal care composition.
Suitable carriers include water and/or water soluble solvents. The personal care composition may comprise from about 1 % to about 95 % by weight of water and/or water- equivalent solvent. The composition may comprise from about 1 %, 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% to about 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10% , or 5% water and/or a water-equivalent solvent. "Water-equivalent solvent" refers to a compound which has a similar ability as water to solubilize a material. Suitable water-equivalent solvents include monohydric alcohols, clihydric alcohols, polyhydric alcohols, glycerol, glycols, polyalkylenc glycols such as polyethylene glycol, and mixtures thereof. Particularly suitable solvents, include lower aliphatic alcohols such as ethanol, propanol, butanol, isopropanol; diols such as 1 ,2-propanediol, 1 ,3-propanediol, butanediol, pentanediol, hexanediol, heptanediol, decanediol; glycerin; water, and mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, the personal care composition comprises water, diols, glycerin, and combinations thereof.
Suitable carriers also include oils. The personal care composition may comprise from about 1 % to about 95 % by weight of one or more oils. The composition may comprise from about 1 %, 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or 90% to about 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, or 5% of one or more oils. Oils may be used to solubilize, disperse, or carry materials that are not suitable for water or water-equivalent solvents. Suitable oils include silicones, hydrocarbons, esters, fatty amides, ethers, and mixtures thereof. Oils may be fluid at room temperature. However, certain personal care product forms (i.e. , solid or semi- solid stick) may require non-fluid oils. The oils may be volatile or nonvolatile. "Non-volatile" means a material that exhibits a vapor pressure of no more than about 0.2 mm Hg at 25°C at one atmosphere and/or a material that has a boiling point at one atmosphere of at least about 300°C. "Volatile" means that the material exhibits a vapor pressure of at least about 0.2 mm. of mercury at 20° C. Volatile oils may be used to provide a lighter feel when a heavy, greasy film is undesirable.
Suitable oils include volatile oils. In certain embodiments, the volatile oils may have a viscosity ranging from about 0.5 to about 5 centistokes 25°C. Volatile oils may be used to promote more rapid drying of the skin care composition after it is applied to skin. Nonvolatile oils are also suitable for use in the composition. Nonvolatile oils are often used for emolliency and protective properties. Nonvolatile oils preferably may have a viscosity ranging from about 5 to about 800,000 est (or greater) or from about 20 to about 200,000 est.
Suitable silicone oils include polysiloxanes. Polylsiloxanes may have a viscosity of from about 0.5 to about 1 ,000,000 centistokes at 25°C. Such polysiloxanes can be represented by the general chemical formula:
R3SiO[R2SiO]xSiR3
wherein R is independently selected from hydrogen or Cuo straight or branched chain, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, phenyl or aryl, trialkylsi loxy; and x is an integer from 0 to about 10,000, chosen to achieve the desired molecular. In certain embodiments, R is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl. Commercially available polysiloxanes include the polydimethylsiloxanes, which are also known as dimethicones, examples of which include the DM-Fluid series from Shin-Etsu, the Vicasil® series sold by Momentive Performance Materials Inc., and the Dow Corning® 200 series sold by Dow Corning Corporation. Specific examples of suitable polydimethylsiloxanes include Dow Corning® 200 fluids (also sold as Xiameter® PMX-200 Silicone Fluids) having viscosities of 0.65, 1 .5, 50, 100, 350, 10,000, 1 2,500 100,000, and 300,000 centistokes.
Suitable dimethicones include those represented by the chemical formula:
R3SiO[R2SiO]x[RR'SiO]ySiR3
wherein R and R are each independently hydrogen or C1.30 straight or branched chain, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, aryl, or trialkylsiloxy; and x and y are each integers of 1 to 1 ,000,000 selected to achieve the desired molecular weight. Suitable silicones include phenyl dimethicone (Botansil™ PD- 151 from Botanigenics, Inc.), diphenyl dimethicone (KF-53 and F-54 from Shin-Etsu), phenyl trimethicone (556 Cosmetic Grade Fluid from Dow Corning), or trimethylsiloxyphenyl dimethicone (PDM-20, PDM-200, or PDM- 1000 from Wacker-Belsil). Other examples include alkyl dimethicones wherein at least R' is a fatty alkyl (e.g. , Ci2.22). A suitable alkyl dimethicone is cetyl dimethicone, wherein R' is a straight C16 chain and R is methyl. Cetyl dimethicone, is available as s 2502 Cosmetic Fluid from Dow Corning or as Abil Wax 9801 or 9814 from Evonik Goldschmidt GmbH.
Cyclic silicones are one type of silicone oil that may be used in the composition. Such silicones have the general formula:
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein R is independently selected from hydrogen or C1.30 straight or branched chain, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, phenyl or aryl, trialkylsiloxy; and where n=3-8 and mixtures thereof. Commonly, a mixture of cyclomethicones is used where n is 4, 5, and/or 6. Commercially available cyclomethicones include Dow Corning UP- 1001 Ultra Pure Fluid (i.e. n=4), Dow Corning XIAMETER® PMX-0245 (i.e. n=5), Dow Corning XIAMETER® PMX-0245 (i.e. n=6), Dow Corning 245 fluid (i.e. n=4 and 5), and Dow Corning 345 fluid (i.e. n=4, 5, and 6).
Other silicone oils suitable for use in the personal care composition include polymers having the general formula:
(R 1)aG3-a-Si-(-OSiG2)n-(-OSiGb(R , )2-b)m-0-SiG3-a(R1 )a wherein G is hydrogen, phenyl, hydroxy, or C |-Cs alkyl, preferably methyl; a is a number 0-3; b is 0 or 1 , preferably 1 ; n is a number from 0 to 1 ,999 (alternately, from 49 to 499); m is an integer from 1 to 2,000 (alternately, from 1 to 10); the sum of n and m is a number from 1 to 2,000 (alternately, from 50 to 500); Ri is a monovalent radical conforming to the general formula (CH2)qL, wherein q is an integer having a value from 1 to 8 and L is selected from the following groups:
-N(R2)CH2-CH2-N(R2)2
-N(R2)2 -N(R2)3A"
-N(R2)CH2-CH2-NR2H2A" wherein R2 is hydrogen, phenyl or a yl, or a saturated hydrocarbon radical, preferably an a!kyl radical from about C| to about C2o, and A" is a halide ion. An exemplary silicone polymer is trimethylsilylamodimethicone as shown in the following formula:
Figure imgf000022_0001
Another exemplary silicone polymer is represented by the general formula:
Figure imgf000022_0002
wherein R3 is a monovalent hydrocarbon radical from Ci to Cig, preferably an alkyl or alkenyl, such as methyl; R is a hydrocarbon, preferably a C] to C)8 alkylene or a Ci0 to Ci8 alkyleneoxy, more preferably a Ci to C8 alkyleneoxy; Q" is a halide ion, preferably chloride; r is an average statistical value from 2 to 20, preferably from 2 to 8; s is an average statistical value from 20 to 200, preferably from 20 to 50. A suitable polymer of this class is known as UCARE SILICONE ALE 56™, available from Union Carbide. Other suitable silicone materials are disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0039103 A l .
Suitable hydrocarbon oils include straight or branched chain alkanes and alkenes. The chain length may be selected based on desired functional characteristics such as volatility. Suitable hydrocarbon oils may have between 5-20 carbon atoms or, alternately, between 8-16 carbon atoms. Suitable hydrocarbons include pcntane, hexane, heptane, decane, dodecane, tetradecane, tridecane, and Cs-2o isoparaffins as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,439,088 and 3,818, 105. Suitable hydrocarbons include isooctane, isododecane, isohexadecane, isoeicosane by Permethyl Corporation under the tradename Permethyl®. Suitable hydrocarbon oils may have greater than about 20 carbon atoms. Examples of such hydrocarbon oils include C24-28 olefins, C30-45 olefins, C20-40 isoparaffins, hydrogenated polyisobulene, polyisobutene, polydecene, hydrogenated polydecene, mineral oil, pentahydrosqualene, squalene, squalane, and mixtures thereof.
Other suitable oils include esters. Suitable esters typically contain at least 10 carbon atoms. These esters include esters with hydrocarbyl chains derived from fatty acids or alcohols (e.g. , mono-esters, polyhydric alcohol esters, and di- and tri-carboxylic acid esters). The hydrocarbyl radicals of the esters hereof may include or have covalently bonded thereto other compatible functionalities, such as amides and alkoxy moieties (e.g. , ethoxy or ether linkages, etc.). Exemplary esters include, but are not limited to, isopropyl isostearate, hexyl laurate, isohexyl laurate, isohexyl palmitale, isopropyl palmitate, decyl oleate, isodecyl oleate, hexadecyl siearate, decyl stearate, isopropyl isostearate, dihexyldecyl adipate, lauryl lactate, myristyl lactate, cetyl lactate, oleyl stearate, oleyl oleate, oleyl myristate, lauryl acetate, cetyl propionate, and oleyl adipate. Other suitable esters are further described in the Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2010, under the functional category of "Esters."
Other esters suitable for use in the personal care composition include mono-carboxylic acid esters of the general formula R'COOR, wherein R' and R are straight or branched chain, saturated or unsaturated alkyl, aryl, and wherein sum of carbon atoms in R' and R is at least 10, A suitable monoester is alkyl benzoate such as C I 2- 15 alkyl benzoate.
Other esters suitable for use in the personal care composition include di- and tri-alkyl and alkenyl esters of carboxylic acids, such as esters of C4 to C« dicarboxylic acids (e.g. C| to C22 esters, preferably C\ to C6, of succinic acid, glutaric acid, and adipic acid). Specific non-limiting examples of di- and tri- alkyl and alkenyl esters of carboxylic acids include isocetyl stearyol stearate, diisopropyl adipate, dibutyl adipate, and tristearyl citrate.
Other esters suitable for use in the personal care composition include those known as polyhydric alcohol esters. Such polyhydric alcohol esters include alkylene glycol esters, such as ethylene glycol mono and di-fatty acid esters, diethylene glycol mono- and di-fatty acid esters, polyethylene glycol mono- and di-fatty acid esters, propylene glycol mono- and di-fatty acid esters, polypropylene glycol monooleate, polypropylene glycol 2000 monostearate, ethoxylated propylene glycol monostearate, glyceryl mono- and di-fatty acid esters, polyglycerol poly-fatty acid esters, ethoxylated glyceryl monostearate, 1 ,3-butylene glycol monostearate, 1 ,3-butylene glycol distcarate, polyoxyethylene polyol fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid esters, and polyoxy- ethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters.
Still , other esters suitable for use in the personal care composition include glycerides, including, but not limited to, mono-, di-, and tri-glycerides. For use in the compositions described herein, the glycerides may be mono-, di-, and tri-esters of glycerol and long chain carboxylic acids, such as Cio to C22 carboxylic acids. A variety of these types of materials can be obtained from vegetable and animal fats and oils, such as castor oil, safflower oil, cottonseed oil, corn oil, olive oil, cod liver oil, almond oil, avocado oil, palm oil, sesame oil, sweet almond oil, apricot kernel oil, camelina sativa oil, rapeseed oil, tamanu seed oil, linseed oil, coconut oil, lanolin oil, soybean oil, and the like. Synthetic oils include, but are not limited to, triolein and tristearin glyceryl dilaurate. Other glyceryl esters of fatty acids include fatty acid mono-, di-, and triglycerides which are natural fats or oils that have been modified such as glyceryl stearate, diglyceryl diiosostearate, polyglyceryl-3 isostearate, polyglyceryl-4 isostearate, polyglyceryl-6 ricinoleate, glyceryl dioleate, glyceryl diisotearate, glyceryl tetraisostearate, glyceryl trioctanoate, diglyceryl distearate, glyceryl linoleate, glyceryl myristate, glyceryl isostearate, PEG castor oils, PEG glyceryl oleates, PEG glyceryl stearates, PEG glyceryl tallowates, and the like.
Other suitable oils include fatty amides. Fatty amides include compounds having an amide functional group while being liquid at 25 °C and insoluble in water. In certain embodiments, the fatty amide may have the general formula:
R3 o
R C— N I— CI I (II), (CI 1 > — f- C I'— OR , ],,
O RJ
wherein R l is an optionally functionalized, aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated, monovalent hydrocarbon radical containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms (alternately, from 1 to 22 carbon atoms); R2, R3 and R4, which may be identical or different, are hydrogen or optionally functionalized, aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated, monovalent hydrocarbon radicals containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to 22 carbon atoms; r is 0 or 1 ; q is an integer from 0 to 2; and p equals 0 or 1 . Particular fatty amides include N-acetyl-N-butylaminopropionate, isopropyl N-lauroylsarcosinate, and N, ,-diethyltoluamide. Other suitable fatty amides are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,872,401. Other suitable oils include ethers. Suitable ethers include saturated and unsaturated fatty ethers of a polyhydric alcohol, and alkoxylatcd derivatives thereof. Exemplary ethers include C4- 20 alkyl ethers of polypropylene glycols, and di-Cg.30 alkyl ethers. Suitable examples of these materials include PPG- 14 butyl ether, PPG- 15 stearyl ether, dioctyl ether, dodecyl octyl ether, and mixtures thereof.
Emulsifiers
The personal care composition may comprise an emulsifier. An emulsifier is particularly suitable when the composition is in the form of an emulsion or if immiscible materials are being combined. The skin care composition may comprise from about 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 20%, 10%, 5%, 3%, 2%, or 1 % emulsifier. Emulsifiers may be nonionic, anionic or cationic. Non-limiting examples of emulsifiers are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,755,560, U.S. Patent 4,421 ,769, and cCutcheon's, Emulsifiers and Detergents, 2010 Annual Ed., published by M. C. Publishing Co.. Other suitable emulsifiers are further described in the Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2006, under the functional category of "Surfactants - Emulsifying Agents." Suitable emulsifying ethers and esters include:
Ethers of polyglycols and of fatty alcohols - including saturated or unsaturated Cn-30 alcohols (e.g., oleyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol or behenyl alcohol) and polyglycols comprising n number of oxyalkylene groups wherein n = an integer from 1 to 200 or, alternately, from 2 to 30 (e.g. , 1 to 20 oxyethylene groups). Particular examples include compounds with the INCI names of slearefh-H, beheneth-n or oleth-/z. Suitable examples include compounds having the INCI names steareth-8, steareth- 10, stearelh- 16, steareth-20, ceteth- 10, laureth-4, laureth-3, trideceth-6, ceteareth-5, oleth- 10, and beneth- 10.
Esters of polyglycols and of fatty acids - including saturated or unsaturated C12-30 fatty acids (e.g. , oleic acid, cetylic acid, stearic acid) and polyglycols comprising n number of oxyalkylene groups wherein n = an integer from 1 to 200 or alternately, 1 to 50 (e.g. , 1 to 20 oxyethylene groups). Particular examples include compounds with the INCI name VEG-n stearate or PEG-n oleate). Suitable examples include polyethylene glycol-8 monostearate, polyethylene glycol- 10, or polyethylene glycol- 12 distearatc.
Ethers of polyglycols and of fatty alcohols which are glycosylated - including C12-30 alcohols having from 1 to 10 glycosyl groups and polyglycols comprising n number of oxyalkylene groups wherein n = an integer from 1 to 200 (e.g. , 1 to 20 oxyethylene groups). A suitable example includes polyoxyethylenated (20 OE) methyl glucose dislearate, Esters of polyglycols and of fatty acids which are glycosylated - including Cn-30 fatty acids having from 1 to 10 glycosyl groups and polyglycols comprising n number of oxyalkylene groups wherein n = an integer from 1 to 200 (e.g. , 1 to 20 oxyethylene groups).
Ethers of C 12-30 alcohols and of glycerol or of polyglycerol- A suitable example includes polyglyceryl-3 cetyl ether, such as Chimexane NL from Chimex,
Esters of C 1 -30 fatty acids and of glycerol or of polyglycerol - including esters comprising from 1 to 10 glycerol groups. Particular examples include hexa-glyceryl monosterate, diglyceryl distearate, tetraglyceryl tristearate, decaglyceryl decastearate, diglyceryl monostearate, hexaglyceryl tristearate, decaglyceryl pentastearate, the ester of glycerol and of palmitic and stearic acids, and glyceryl mono- and dibehenate.
Ethers of oxyalkylene-modified C12-30 alcohols and of glycerol or polyglycerol.
Ethers of C12-30 fatty alcohols comprising and of sucrose or glucose - Suitable examples include compounds with the I NCI names of C I 2- 18 alkylglucoside, C12-20 alkylglucoside (e.g. , Montanov L from Seppic), cetearyl glucoside (e.g. , a mixture with cetearyl alcohol under the reference Montanov 68 from Seppic), myristyl glucoside (e.g. , a mixture with myristyl alcohol under the reference Montanov 14 from Seppic) or cetearyl glucoside (e.g., Tegocare CG 90 from Evonik Goldschmidt),
Esters of sucrose and of C 12-30 fatty acids - Particular examples include sucrose distearate or sucrose tristearate, sucrose cocoate, sucrose dilaurate, sucrose distearate, sucrose hexaerucate, sucrose hexapalmitate, sucrose laurate, sucrose mortierellate, sucrose myristate, sucrose oleatc, sucrose palmitate, sucrose pentaerucate, sucrose polybehenate, sucrose polycottonscedale, sucrose polylaurate, sucrose polylinoleate, sucrose polyoleate, sucrose polypalmate, sucrose polysoyate, sucrose polystearate, sucrose ricinoleale, sucrose stearate, sucrose tetraisostearate, and sucrose trilauratc. A suitable example includes the mixture of esters (mono- and polyesters) of stearic acid and of sucrose sold as Crodesta Fl 10 by Croda.
Esters of pentaerythritol and of C 12.30 fatty acids - Particular examples include pentaerythritol tetrastearate.
Esters of sorbitol and/or of sorbitan and of C 12-30 fatty acids - Particular examples include sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan tristearate, or sorbitan laurate, such as Span 20 from Uniqema, Ethers of sorbitol and/or of sorbitan and of alkoxylated sorbitan- Suitable examples include sorbeth-8 beeswax or sorbeth-20 beeswax from Nikko Chemical.
Ethers of polyglycols and of cholesterol - Particular examples include choleth-3, choleth- 10 (such as Emalex CS- 10 from Nihon Emulsion Company), choleth- 15 (such as Emalex CS- 15 from Nihon Emulsion Company) or choleth-20 (such as Emalex CS-20 from Nihon Emulsion Company).
Esters of C]2-3o fatty acids and of alkoxylated ethers of sorbitol and/or of Suitable examples include polysorbate-60, polysorbate-61 , sorbeth-3 isostearate, polyoxyethylenated 4 OE sorbitan monostearate, and polyoxyethylenated 20 OE sorbitan tristearate.
Linear or branched type silicone emulsifiers may also be used. Particularly useful polyether modified silicones include KF-601 1 , KF-6012, KF-6013, KF-6015, KF-6015, KF- 6017, KF-6043, KF-6028, and KF-6038 from Shin Etsu. Also particularly useful are the polyglycerolated linear or branched siloxane emulsifiers including KF-61 00, KF-6104, and KF- 6105 from Shin Etsu. Exemplary materials include materials with the following International Nomenclature of Cosmetic Ingredients (INCI) designations: Bis-Butyldimethicone Polyglyceryl- 3; Bis-PEG/PPG- 14/14 Dimethicone; Bis-butyldimethicone Polyglyceryl-3; Bis-isobutyl PEG/PPG- 10/7 Dimethicone copolymer; Bis- PEG/PPG- 18/6 Dimethicone; Bis-PEG/PPG-20/20 Dimethicone; Bis-PEG/PPG- 16/16 PEG/PPG-16/16 Dimethicone; Bis(PPG-7 Undeceneth-21 - Dimethicone; Cetyl Dimethicone PEG-7 Acetate; Cetyl PEG-8 Dimethicone; Cetyl PEG/PPG- 15/16 Butyl Ether Dimethicone; Cetyl . PEG/PPG- 15/ 15 Butyl Ether Dimethicone; Cetyl PEG/PPG-7/3 Dimethicone; Cetyl PEG/PPG- 10/1 Dimethicone; Dimethicone PEG- 15 Acetate; Dimethicone PEG-7 Cocoate; Dimethicone PEG-7 Phosphate; Dimethicone PEG-IO Phosphate; Dimethicone PEG/PPG-7/4 Phosphate; Dimethicone PEG/PPG- 12/4 Phosphate; Dimethicone PEG-7 Undecylenate; Lauryl Dimethicone PEG-IO Phosphate; Isopolyglyceryl-3 Dimethicone; Isopolyglyceryl-3 Dimethiconol; Isostearyl Carboxyldecyl PEG-8 Dimethicone; Lauryl Methicone PEG- 10 Phosphate; Lauryl PEG-8 Dimethicone; Lauryl PEG- 10 Methyl Ether Dimethicone; Lauryl PEG/PPG- 18/18 Methicone; PEG-6 Methyl Ether Dimethicone; PEG-7 Methyl Ether Dimethicone; PEG-9 Methyl Ether Dimethicone; PEG- 10 Methyl Ether Dimethicone; PEG- 1 1 Methyl Ether Dimethicone; PEG- 1 1 Methyl Ether Dimethicone; PEG-32 Methyl Ether Dimethicone; PEG-PEG/PPG-28/2 1 Acetate Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-22/22 Butyl Ether Dimeihicone; PEG/PPG-23/23 B utyl Ether Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-24/1 8 B utyl Ether Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-3/10 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-4/ 12 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-6/1 1 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-8/14 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG- 12/16 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG- 12/1 8 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG- 14/4 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG- 15/5 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG- 15/15 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG- 16/2 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG- 16/8 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG- 17/18 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG- 18/ 12 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG- 19/1 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-20/6 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-20/ 15 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-20/20 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-20/29 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-22/23 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-22/24 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-25/25 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-27/27 Dimethicone; PEG/PPG-30/10 Dimethicone; PEG PPG- 10/3 Oleyl Ether Dimethicone; PEG-8 trisiloxane; Polyglyceryl-3 Polydimethylsiloxyethyl Dimethicone; PPG- 12 Butyl Ether Dimethicone; Silicone Quaternium-17; TEA-Dimethicone PEG -7 Phosphate; and mixtures thereof.
Emulsi fiers also include emulsifying silicone elastomers. Suitable emulsifying silicone elastomers may include at least one polyalkyl ether or polyglycerolated unit. These cross-linked elastomers may also be co-modified to include alkyl substituents. Suitable formation techniques are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,236,986; 5,412,004; 5,837,793 ; and 5,81 1 ,487. Polyoxyalylenated emulsifying silicone elastomers that may be used in at least one embodiment of the invention include those sold by Shin-Etsu Silicones under the names KSG-21 , KSG-20, KSG-30, SG-3 1 , KSG-32, KSG-33; KSG-210 (dimethicone/PEG- 10/15 crosspolymer dispersed in dimethicone); SG-310 (PEG- 15 lauryl dimethicone crosspolymer); KSG-320 (PEG- 15 lauryl dimethicone crosspolymer dispersed in isododecane); KSG-330 (PEG- 15 lauryl dimethicone crosspolymer dispersed in triethylhexanoin), KSG-340 (PEG- 10 lauryl dimethicone crosspolymer and PEG- 15 lauryl dimethicone crosspolymer). Other silicone emulsifying elastomers are supplied by Dow Corning™, including PEG- 12 dimethicone crosspolymers (DC 9010 and 901 1 ). Other suitable silicone emulsifiers sold by Dow Corning include DC9010 and DC901 1.
Polyglycerolated emulsifying silicone elastomers are disclosed in PCT/WO 2004/024798. Such elastomers include Shin-Etsu's KSG series, such as KSG-710 (dimethicone/polyglycerin-3 crosspolymer dispersed in dimethicone); or lauryl dimethicone/polyglycerin-3 crosspolymer dispersed in a variety of solvent such as isododecane, dimethicone, triethylhexanoin, available as KSG-810, SG-820, KSG-830, or KSG-840 from Shin-Etsu.
Another suitable crosslinked silicone elastomer emulsifier is dimethicone/PEG- 10/15 crosspolymer, which provides excellent aesthetics due to its elastomeric backbone, but also excellent emulsification properties. Further examples of crosslinked organosiloxane emulsifiers include, but are not limited to dimethicone/dimethicone PEG/PPG 15 crosspolymer; dimethicone PEG-10 crosspolymer; dimethicone PEG- 10/15 crosspolymer; dimethicone PEG- 15 crosspolymer; dimethicone polyglycerin-3 crosspolymer; dimethicone PPG-20 crosspolymer; lauryl dimethicone PEG- 1 5 crosspolymer; lauryl dimethicone polyglycerin-3 crosspolymer; PEG-8 dimethicone polysorbate-20 crosspolymer; PEG- 10 dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer; PEG-10 lauryl dimethicone crosspolymer; PEG- 15/lauryl dimethicone crosspolymer; PEG- 15 laurylpolydimethylsiloxy ethyl crosspolymer; and mixtures thereof. It should be recognized that silicone elastomers may be supplied pre-swollen with a solvent. With a p e-swollen swollen elastomer, the weight percentages recited for emulsifier use (i.e. , from about 0.05% to about 20%, from about 0.1 % to about 10%, from about 0.5% to about 5%, or from about 1 % to about 3% emulsifier) are of the elastomer alone (i.e., excluding the weight of the solvent).
Structuring Agent
The personal care composition may comprise structuring agent in addition to the di-amido gellant described above. Structuring agents may be used to increase viscosity, thicken, solidify, or provide solid or crystalline structure to the personal care composition. Structuring agents are typically grouped based on solubility, dispersibility, or phase compatibility. Examples of aqueous or water structuring agents include polymeric agents, natural or synthetic gums, polysaccharides, and the like. In one embodiment, the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, 1 %, 2%, 3%, 5% to about 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, 4%, or 2%, by weight of the composition, of one or more structuring agents.
Polysaccharides and gums may be used as aqueous phase thickening agents. Examples of such polysaccharides and gums include naturally derived materials such as agar, agarose, alicaligenes polysaccharides, algin, alginic acid, acacia gum, amylopectin, chitin, dextran, cassia gum, cellulose gum, gelatin, gellan gum, hyaluronic acid, hydroxyethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, pectin, sclerotium gum, xanthan gum, pectin, trehelose, gelatin, ammonium alginate, calcium alginate, calcium carrageenan, carnitine, carrageenan, guar gum, guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride, hyaluroinic acid, hydroxypropyl chitosan, hydroxypropyl guar, karaya gum, kelp, locust bean gum, natto gum, potassium alginate, potassium carrageenan, propylene glycol alginate, sodium carboyxmethyl dextran, sodium carrageenan, tragacanth gum, and mixtures thereof. Suitable polysaccharides include alkyl hydroxyalkyl cellulose ethers such as cetyl hydroxyethylcellulose, which is the ether of cetyl alcohol and hydroxyethylcellulose. This material is sold under the tradename Natrosol® Plus CS from Ashland Aqualon Functional I ngredients. Other useful polysaccharides include scleroglucans comprising a linear chain of ( 1 -3) linked glucose units with a ( 1 -6) linked glucose every three units, a commercially available example of which is Clearogel™ CS 1 1 from .M.P., Inc.
Suitable classes of polymeric structuring agents include but are not limited to carboxylic acid polymers, polyacrylamide polymers, sulfonated polymers, high molecular weight polyalkylglycols or polyglycerins, copolymers thereof, hydrophobically modified derivatives thereof, and mixtures thereof. Carboxylic acid polymers include carbomers. These polymers are crosslinked compounds containing one or more monomers derived from acrylic acid, substituted acrylic acids, and salts and esters of these acrylic acids and the substituted acrylic acids, wherein the crosslinking agent contains two or more carbon-carbon double bonds and is derived from a polyhydric alcohol. Suitable materials includes include the Carbopol ® 900 series (e.g. , Carbopol® 945, Carbopol® 940, Carbopol® 950, Carbopol® 954, Carbopol® 980, Carbopol® 951 and Carbopol® 981 from Noveon, Inc) and the Carbopol® Ultrez series (e.g. , Carbopol® Ultrez 10 polymer, Carbopol® Ultrez 20 polymer, and Carbopol® Ultrez 21 polymer). Other suitable carboxylic acid polymeric agents include copolymers of C|o-3o alkyl acrylates with one or more monomers of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, or one of their short chain (i.e.. C alcohol) esters, wherein the crosslinking agent is an allyl ether of sucrose or pentaerytritol. These copolymers are known as acrylates/Cio.30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymers and are commercially available as Carbopol ® 1 342, Carbopol ® 1382, PEMULEN™ TR-1 , and PEMULEN™ TR-2, from Noveon, Inc.
Sulfonated polymers include polymers and copolymers containing 2-acrylamido-2- methylpropane sulfonic acid (i.e. , AMPS or acryloyldimcthyl tauric acid) and salts thereof. Exemplary AMPS structurants include sodium acrylate/sodium acryloyldimcthyl taurate copolymer available as SIMULGEL® EG and SIMULGEL® EPG or hydroxyethyl acrylate/sodium acryloyldimethyl taurate copolymer available as SIMULGEL® NS, SIM ULGEL® FL, and SIMULGEL® I-NS 100; which are available from Seppic Corporation (Fairfield, N.J .). Another suitable sulfonated polymer is sodium polyacryloyldimethyl taurate available as Simul gel® 800 f rom Seppic Corporation (Fairfield, N.J.). Other suitable sulfonated polymers include acrylamide/sodium acryloyldimcthyltaurate/acrylic acid copolymer available as Acudyne™ SCP from Rohm and Haas Company, Inc.; acrylamide/sodium acryloyldimethyltaurate copolymer available as Simulgel® 600 from Seppic; ammonium acryloyldimethyltaurate/beheneth-25 methacrylate crosspolymer avilable as Aristoflex® BLV from Clariant International Ltd. ; ammonium acryloyl dimethyltaurate/carboxyethyl acrylate crosspolymer avilable as Aristoflex® TAC from Clariant International Ltd.; ammonium acryloyldimethyltaurate/ vinylpyrrolidone copolymer available as Aristollex AVC from Clariant International Ltd. ; dimethylacrylamide/sodium acryloyldimethyltaurate crosspolymer available as S Upolymer G- l from Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.; sodium acrylate/acryloyldimethyltauratc/dimethylacrylamide crosspolymer available as Sepinov™ P88 from Seppic; and sodium acryloyldimethyltauratc/VP Crosspolymer available as Aristoflex® AVS from Clariant International, Ltd. Additional sulfonated structurants are described in US Patent Application Publicaiton Nos. 2007/0140993 (identified as gelling agent in the form of a copolymer of acryloyl dimethyl tauric acid or a salt thereof) and 2006/0147396 A l (identified as "polymer containing at least one sulpho- unctional monomer").
Acrylamide polymers and copolymers include SEP1GEL® 305 from Seppic Corporation (Fairfield, N.J.), which is designated by the Personal Care Product Council's international Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2010, as "polyacrylamide and isoparaffin and laureth-7." Other polyacrylamide polymers include multi-block copolymers of acrylamides and substituted acrylamides with acrylic acids and substituted acrylic acids. Commercially available examples of these multi-block copolymers include HYPAN® SR 150H, SS500V, SS500 W, SSSA 100H, from Lipo Chemicals, Inc., (Patterson, N.J .).
High molecular weight polyalkylglycols or polyglycerins may be used as structuring agents. Suitable materials include polyethylene glycols (PEG) derivatives and polypropylene glycols (PPG) derivatives with an n degree of polymerization, n may be from 50 to 200,000. Other suitable materials are polyglycerins having repeating glycerin moieties where the number of repeating moieties ranges from about 15 to about 200, or from about 20 to about 100. Examples of suitable polyglycerins include those having the INCI names polyglycerin-20, polyglycerin-40, and the like.
Examples of oil structuring agents include silicone and organic based materials. Suitable ranges of oi l structuring agents are from about 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 % 0.5%, 1 %, 2.5%, 5%, or 10% to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, or 5%. Suitable oil phase structuring agents may be silicone based, such as silicone elastomers, silicone gums, silicone waxes, linear silicones having a degree of polymerization allowing the silicone to increase the viscosity of the oil phase. Examples of silicone structuring agents include, but are not limited to, silicone elastomers, silicone gums, and silicone waxes,
Silicone elastomers suitable for use in the compositions of the invention include those that are formed by addition reaction-curing, by reacting an SiH-containing diorganosiloxane and an organopolysi loxane having terminal olefinic unsaturation, or an alpha-omega diene hydrocarbon, in the presence of a platinum metal catalyst. Such elastomers may also be formed by other reaction methods such as condensation-curing organopolysiloxane compositions in the presence of an organotin compound via a dehydrogenation reaction between hydroxyl-terminated diorganopolysiloxane and Si H-containing diorganopolysiloxane or alpha omega diene; or by condensation-curing organopolysiloxane compositions in the presence of an organotin compound or a titanate ester using a condensation reaction between an hydroxyl-terminated diorganopolysiloxane and a hydrolysable organosiloxane; peroxide- curing organopolysiloxane compositions which thermally cure in the presence of an organoperoxide catalyst. Cross-linked organopolysiloxane elastomers useful in the present invention and processes for making them are further described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,970,252, 5,760, 1 16, and 5,654,362, 6,524,598, and 6,696,049. It is particularly desirable to incorporate silicone elastomers into the compositions of the invention because they provide excellent "feel" to the composition, are very stable in cosmetic formulations, and relatively inexpensive.
Suitable silicone elastomers may be in the powder form, or dispersed or solubilized in solvents such as volatile or nonvolatile silicones, or silicone compatible vehicles such as hydrocarbons or esters. Examples of silicone elastomer powders include vinyl dimethicone/melhicone silesquioxane crosspolymers like KSP- 100, KSP- 101 , KSP- 102, KSP- 103, KSP- 104, KSP- 105, available from Shin-Etsu, hybrid silicone powders that contain a fluoroalkyl group like KSP-200, available from Shin-Etsu, which is a fluoro-silicone elastomer, and hybrid silicone powders that contain a phenyl group such as KSP-300, available from Shin- Etsu, which is a phenyl substituted silicone elastomer; and DC 9506 available from Dow Corning.
Examples of silicone elastomer dispersed in a silicone compatible vehicle include dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymers supplied by a variety of suppliers including Dow Corning Corporation under the tradenames DC9040 or DC9041 , Momentive under the tradename SFE 839, or Shin-Etsu Silicones under the tradenames KSG- 15, 16, 18. KSG- 15 has the INCI name cyclopentasiloxane (and) dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer. KSG- 18 has the INCI name diphenylsiloxy phenyl trimethicone (and) dimethicone/phenyl vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer. Silicone elastomers may also be purchased from Grant Industries under the Gransil trademark. Other suitable silicone elastomers have long chain alkyl substitutions such as lauryl dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymers supplied by Shin Etsu under the tradenames KSG-3 1 , KSG-32, KSG-41 , KSG-42, KSG-43, and KSG-44.
Silicone gums are another oil phase structuring agent. The silicone gum typically has a viscosity ranging from about 500,000 to 100 million est at 25° C, from about 600,000 to 20 million, from about 600,000 to 12 million est. The silicone gums that are used in the compositions include, but are not limited to, those of the general formula wherein:
Figure imgf000033_0001
Ri to Rio are each independently hydrogen, an alkyl having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, aryl, or aralkyl; and X is H, OH, or a C l -30 alkyl or vinyl, x, y, or z may be zero with the proviso that (x + y + z) > 1 .
Such silicone gums may be purchased in pure form from a variety of silicone manufacturers including Wacker-Chemie or Dow Corning, and the like. Silicone gums include those sold by Wacker-Belsil under the trade names CM3092, Wacker-Belsil 1000, or Wacker- Belsil DM 3096. A silicone gum where X is OH, also referred to as dimethiconol, is available from Dow Corning Corporation under the trade name 1 - 1254 Fluid, 2-9023 Fluid, and 2-9026 Fluid. The silicone gum may also be purchased in the form of a solution or dispersion in a silicone compatible vehicle such as volatile or nonvolatile silicone. An example of such a mixture may be purchased from Bamet Silicones under the HL-88 tradename, having the INCI name dimethicone. Another example is a mixture of dimethiconol and volatile or nonvolatile silicone available from the Dow Corning Corporation as tradename 1401 Fluid, 1403 Fluid, and 1501 Fluid.
Another type of oily phase structuring agent includes silicone waxes. Silicone waxes may be referred to as alkyl silicone waxes which and are semi-solids or solids at room temperature. The term "alkyl silicone wax" means a polydimethylsiloxane having a substituted long chain alkyl (such as C 16 to 30) that confers a semi-solid or solid property to the siioxane. Examples of such silicone waxes include stearyl dimethicone, which may be purchased from Evonik Goldschmidt GmbH under the tradename Abil Wax 9800 or from Dow Corning under the tradename 2503. Another example is bis-stearyl dimethicone (which may be purchased from Gransil Industries under the tradename Gransil A- 1 8), behenyl dimethicone, or behenoxy dimethicone.
Other suitable structuring agents include polyamides and polysilicone-polyamide copolymers. Suitable polysilicone-polyamide copolymers are disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0170586. A specific example of such copolymers is nylon 61 1 /dimethicone copolymers by Dow Coming under the tradename Dow Coming 2-8178. Also suitable are polyamides such as those purchased from Arizona Chemical under the Uniclear™ and Sylvaclear® including Sylvaclear® A200V or A2614V (INCI name: ethylenediamine/hydrogenated dimer dilinoleate copolymer bis-di-C 14- 18 alkyl amide); Sylvaclear® AF1900V and Sylvaclear® PA 1200V (INCI name: Polyamide-3); Sylvaclear® C75V (INCI name: bis-stearyl ethylenediamine/neopentyl glycol/stearyl hydrogenated dimer dilinoleate copolymer); Sylvaclear® PE400V (INCI name: Polyamide-6); Sylvaclear® WF 1500V (INCI name: Polyamidc-4); or Uniclear™ 100 VG (INCI name: ethylenediamine/stearyl dimer dilinoleate copolymer; or ethylenediamine/stearyl dimer ditallate copolymer).
Other oil phase structuring agents may includr one or more natural or synthetic waxes such as animal, vegetable, or mineral waxes. Generally such waxes have a melting point ranging from about 25°C to 125°C, and alternatively from about 30°C to about 100° C. Non-limiting examples of suitable waxes include silicone waxes, fatty esters, for example cetyl and/or stearyl esters, acacia, beeswax, ceresin, flower wax, citrus wax, carnauba wax, jojoba wax, japan wax, polyethylene, microcrystalline, rice bran, lanolin wax, mink, montan, bayberry, ouricury, ozokerite, palm kernel wax, paraffin, avocado wax, apple wax, shellac wax, clary wax, spent grain wax, candelilla, grape wax, polyalkylene glycol derivatives thereof (for example PEG6-20 beeswax, or PEG- 12 carnauba wax) and mixtures of any of the aforementioned waxes. In one embodiment, the wax is a polyethylene wax, and alternatively is a polyethylene wax having a melting point of less than 120°C, alternatively less than 95C, and alternatively less than 85°C.
Non-limiting examples of suitable silicone waxes are disclosed in U.S. patents 5,413,781 and 5,725,845, and further include alkylmelhyl polysiloxanes, C IO - C60 alkyl dimethicones, and mixtures thereof. Alternatively, the silicone wax may be a C 16-C28 alkyl dimethicone wax. Other suitable silicone waxes include, but are not limited to stearoxydimethicone, behenoxy dimethicone, stearyl dimethicone, cetearyl dimethicone, cetyl dimethicone, and mixtures thereof.
Other structuring agents are natural or synthetic montmorillonite minerals such as hectorite, bentonite, and quaternized derivatives thereof, which are obtained by reacting the minerals with a quaternary ammonium compound (e.g., stearalkonium bentonite and stearalkonium hectorite).
Other structuring agents are silicas, silicates, silica silylate, and alkali metal or alkaline earth metal derivatives thereof. These silicas and silicates are generally found in the particulate form and include silica, silica silylate, magnesium aluminum silicate, and the like.
Optional Personal Care Ingredients The personal care compositions may comprise one or more optional components to provide an efficacious and/or consumer desirable product. For example, the composition can include other acti ves or agents. For instance, suitable optional actives and agents may include an active or agent selected from a group consisting of sugar amines, vitamins, oil control agents, photosterols, hexamidine compounds, tightening agents, anti-wrinkle actives, anti-atrophy actives, flavonoids, N-acyl amino acid compounds, retinoids, peptides, particulate materials, UV actives, photostabilizers, anti-cellulite agents, desquamation actives, anti-acne actives, antioxidants, radical scavengers, conditioning agents, anti-inflammatory agents, tanning actives, skin lightening agents, botanical extracts, antimicrobial actives, antifungal actives, antibacterial actives, antiperspirant actives, sensates, preservatives, anti-dandruff actives, substantivity polymers, detersi ve surfactants, and combinations thereof. Suitable optional components are discussed in more detail below.
1 . Sugar Amines
The compositions of the present invention can comprise a sugar amine, which is also known as amino sugar. Sugar amine compounds useful in the present invention can include those described in PCT Publication WO 02/076423 and U.S. Patent No. 6,159,485. In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 10%, 7, 5%, or 2% by weight of the composition, of one or more sugar amine.
Sugar amines can be synthetic or natural in origin and can be used as pure compounds or mixtures of compounds (e.g. , extracts from natural sources or mixtures of synthetic materials). For example, glucosamine is generally found in many shellfish and can also be derived from fungal sources. As used herein, "sugar amine" includes isomers and tautomers of such and its salts (e.g. , HC1 salt) and is commercially available from Sigma Chemical Co.
Examples of sugar amines that are useful herein include glucosamine, N-acetyl glucosamine, mannosamine, N-acetyl mannosamine, galactosamine, N-acetyl galactosamine, their isomers (e.g. , stereoisomers), and their salts (e.g., HC1 salt). Preferred for use herein are glucosamine, particularly D-glucosamine and N-acetyl glucosamine, particularly N-acetyl-D- glucosamine.
2. Vitamins
In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%,
0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 10%, 7, 5%, or 2%, by weight of the composition, of one or more vitamins. "Vitamins" means vitamins, pro-vitamins, and their salts, isomers and derivatives. Non-limiting examples of suitable vitamins include: vitamin B compounds (including B l compounds, B2 compounds, B3 compound, B5 compounds, such as panthenol or "pro-B5", pantothenic acid, pantothenyl; B6 compounds, such as pyroxidine, pyridoxal, pyridoxamine; carnitine, thiamine, riboflavin); vitamin A compounds, and all natural and/or synthetic analogs of Vitamin A, including retinoids, retinol, relinyl acetate, retinyl palmitate, retinoic acid, retinaldehyde, retinyl propionate, carotenoids (pro-vitamin A), and other compounds which possess the biological activity of Vitamin A; vitamin D compounds; vitamin K compounds; vitamin E compounds, or tocopherol, including tocopherol sorbate, tocopherol acetate, other esters of tocopherol and tocopheryl compounds; vitamin C compounds, including ascorbate, ascorbyl esters of fatty acids, and ascorbic acid derivatives, for example, ascorbyl phosphates such as magnesium ascorbyl phosphate and sodium ascorbyl phosphate, ascorbyl glucoside, and ascorbyl sorbate; and vitamin F compounds, such as saturated and/or unsaturated fatty acids.
In certain embodiments, the personal care compositions comprise a vitamin B3 compound. Vitamin B3 compounds are particularly useful for regulating skin conditions, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,939,082. In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.001 %, 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 50%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of the vitamin B3 compound.
As used herein, " vitamin 133 compound" means a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000036_0001
wherein R is - CONH2 (i.e. , niacinamide), - COOH (i.e. , nicotinic acid) or - CH20H (i.e. , nicotinyl alcohol); derivatives thereof; and salts of any of the foregoing.
Exemplary derivatives of the foregoing vitamin B3 compounds include nicotinic acid esters, including non-vasodilating esters of nicotinic acid (e.g. , tocopherol nicotinate, myristyl nicotinatc), nicotinyl amino acids, nicotinyl alcohol esters of carboxylic acids, nicotinic acid N- oxide and niacinamide N-oxide.
3. Oil Control Agents
The personal care compositions may comprise one or more oil control agents for regulating the production of skin oil, sebum, or for improving the appearance of oily skin. Examples of suitable oil control agents include salicylic acid, dehydroacetic acid, benzoyl peroxide, vitamin B3 compounds, their isomers, esters, salts and derivatives, and mixtures thereof. Dehydroacetic acid i ncludes materials havi ng the formula:
Figure imgf000037_0001
or dermatologically acceptable salts, derivatives or tautomers thereof. The technical name for dehydroacetic acid is 3-Acetyl-6-methyl-2H-pyran-2,4(3H)-dione and can be commercially purchased from Lonza.
Dermatologically acceptable salts include alkali metal salts, such as sodium and potassium; alkaline earth metal salts, such as calcium and magnesium; non-toxic heavy metal salts; ammonium salts; and trialkylammonium salts, such astrimethylammonium and triethylammonium. In particular embodiments, sodium, potassium, and ammonium salts of dehydroacetic acid may be used. Sodium dehydroacetate is available from Tri-K Industries, Inc., as Tristat SDHA. Derivati ves of dehydroacetic acid include, but are not limited to, any compounds wherein the CII3 groups are individually or in combination replaced by amides, esters, amino groups, alkyls, and alcohol esters. Tautomers of dehydroacetic acid are the isomers of dehydroacetic acid which can change into one another with great ease so that they ordinarily exist in equilibrium. Thus, tautomers of dehydroacetic acid can be described as having the chemical formula CsHsCX} and generally having the formula above.
Other oil control agents include materials capable of absorbing oils and sebum. Suitable oil absorbing materials include starch, calcium silicate, polyethylene, nylon, boran nitride, mica, clays such as bcntonite, montmarrillonitc and kaolin, zeolite, cyclodextrins, fumed silica, synthetic clays such as polymer powders including natural, synthetic, and semisynthetic cellulose, lluorocarbon resins, polypropylene, modified starches of cellulose acetate, particulate cross-linked hydrophobic acrylate or methacrylate copolymers and mixtures thereof.
In one embodiment, the personal care composition may comprise from about 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3% by weight of the composition, of one or more oil control agents.
4. Phytosterols
The personal care compositions may comprise a phytosterol. For example, one or more phytosterols can be selected from the group consisting of β-sitosterol, campesterol, brassicasterol, A5-avennasterol, lupenol, a-spinasterol, stigmasterol, their derivatives, analogs, and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, the phytosterol is selected from the group consisting of β-sitosterol, campesterol, brassicasterol, stigmasterol, their derivatives, and combinations thereof. In a select embodiment, the phytosterol is stigmasterol. Phytosterols can be synthetic or natural in origin and can be used as essentially pure compounds or mixtures of compounds (e.g. , extracts from natural sources). Phytosterols are generally found in the unsaponifiable portion of vegetable oils and fats and are available as free sterols, acetylated derivatives, sterol esters, ethoxylated or glycosidic derivatives. More preferably, the phytosterols are free sterols. As used herein, "phytosterol" includes isomers and tautomers of such and is commercially available from Aldrich Chemical Company, Sigma Chemical Company, and Cognis.
In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more phytosterol.
5. Hexamidine Compounds
The personal care compositions may include hexamidine compounds, its salts, and derivatives. As used herein, "hexamidine compound" means a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein R1 and R2 are optional or are organic acids (e.g. , sulfonic acids, etc.).
In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%,or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more hexamine compounds.
As used herein, hexamidine derivatives include any isomers and tautomers of hexamidine compounds including but not limited to organic acids and mineral acids, for example sulfonic acid, carboxylic acid, etc. In a select embodiment, the hexamidine compounds include hexamidine diisethionate, commercially available as Eleastab© HP 100 from Laboratoires Serobiologiques.
6. Tightening Agents
The personal care composition may comprise a tightening agent. A tightening agent is a compound capable of having a tightening effect on keratinous tissues and, typically, on skin. Suitable tightening agents may be chosen from plant or animal proteins and their hydrolysates such as maize, rye, wheat, buckwheat, sesame, spelt, pea, bean, lentil, soybean and lupin; polysaccharides of natural origin including (i) polyholosides, for example, in the form of starch derived especially from rice, maize, potato, cassava, peas, wheat, oats, etc. or in the form of carrageenans, alginates, agars, gellans, cellulose polymers and pectins, advantageously as an aqueous dispersion of gel microparticles, and (ii) latices composed of shellac resin, gum sandarac, dammars, elemis, copals, cellulose compounds, and mixtures thereof; mixed silicates including phyllosilicaies and in particular laponites; colloidal particles of inorganic fillers such as silica/alumina colloidal particles such as those sold under then tradename LUDOX® by W.R. Grace & Co.; synthetic polymers such as polyurethane latices or acrylic/silicone latices, in particular those described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0131948, including propylthio(polymethyl acrylate), propylthio(polymethyl methacrylate) and propylthio(polymethacrylic acid) grafted polydimethylsiloxane, propyl-thio (polyisobutyl methacrylate) and propylthio(poly-methacrylic acid) grafted polydimethylsiloxane (available under the tradenames VS 80, VS 70 and L021 from 3M); and mixtures thereof.
The personal care composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3% by weight of the composition, of one or more tightening agent.
7. Anti-Wrinkle Actives/Anti-Atrophy Actives
The compositions of the present invention can comprise a one or more anti-wrinkle actives or anti-atrophy actives. Exemplary anti-wrinkle/anti-atrophy actives suitable for use in the compositions of the present invention include dialkanoyl hydroxyproline compounds, hydroxy acids {e.g. , glycolic acid, lactic acid, lactobionic acid), keto acids (e.g. , pyruvic acid), phytic acid, lysophosphatidic acid, stilbenes, cinnamates, resveratrol, kinetin, zeatin, dimethylaminoethanol, peptides from natural sources (e.g. , soy peptides), and salts of sugar acids (e.g. , Mn gluconate, Zn gluconate). In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%,20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3% by weight of the composition, of one or more anti-wrinkle/anti-atrophy compounds.
Suitable dialkanoyl hydroxyproline compounds of the present invention can include those corresponding to the following chemical formula:
Figure imgf000039_0001
wherein R1 is H, X, C1-C20 straight or branched alkyl, X is metals (Na, K, Li, Mg, Ca) or amines (DEA, TEA);
R2 is C1-C20 straight or branched alkyl;
R3 is Ci-C20 straight or branched alkyl.
Suitable derivatives include but are not limited to esters, for example fatty esters, including, but not limited to tripalmitoyl hydroxyproline and dipalmityl acetyl hydroxyproline. A particularly useful compound is dipalmitoyl hydroxyproline. As used herein, dipalmitoyl hydroxyproline includes any isomers and tautomers of such and is commercially available under the tradename Sepilift ΌΡΗΡ® from Seppic, inc. Further discussion of dipalmitoyl hydroxyproline appears in PCT Publication WO 93/23028. Preferably, the dipalmitoyl hydroxyproline is the triethanolamine salt of dipalmitoyl hydroxyproline as discussed in U.S. Patent No. 7,285,570.
8. Flavonoids
The compositions of the present invention can comprise a flavonoid compound. Flavonoids are broadly disclosed in U.S. Patents 5,686,082 and 5,686,367. Examples of flavonoids particularly suitable for use in the present invention are one or more flavones, one or more isollavones, one or more coumarins, one or more chromones, one or more dicoumarols, one or more chromanones, one or more chromanols, isomers (e.g. , cis/trans isomers) thereof, and mixtures thereof.
Exemplary flavonoids include flavones and isoflavones, in particular daidzein (7,4'- dihydroxy isoflavone), genistein (5,7,4'-trihydroxy isoflavone), equol (7,4'-dihydroxy isoflavan), 5,7-dihydroxy-4'-methoxy isoflavone, soy isollavones (a mixture extracted from soy) and other plant sources of such mixtures (e.g. , red clover), and mixtures thereof. Other exemplary materials inlcude flavanones such as hesperitin, hesperidin, and mixtures thereof. Flavonoid compounds useful herein are commercially available from a number of sources, e.g., Indofine Chemical Company, Inc., Steraloids, Inc., and Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc.
In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01%, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more flavonoid compounds.
9. N-acyl Amino Acid Compounds
The topical compositions of the present invention can comprise one or more N-acyl amino acid compounds. The amino acid can be one of any of the amino acids known in the art. The N-acyl amino acid compounds of the present invention can correspond to the formula: O H
R 'CNH c COOH
R
wherein R can be a hydrogen, alkyl (substituted or unsubstituted, branched or straight chain), or a combination of alkyl and aromatic groups. A list of possible side chains of amino acids known in the art are described in Stryer, Biochemistry, 1981 , published by W.H. Freeman and Company. R1 can be C i to C30 , saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; substituted or unsubstituted aromatic groups; or mixtures thereof.
The N-acyl amino acid compound may be selected from the group consisting of N-acyl Phenylalanine, N-acyl Tyrosine, their isomers, their salts, and derivatives thereof. The amino acid can be the D or L isomer or a mixture thereof. N-acyl Phenylalanine corresponds to the following formula:
O H R ' CNH C COOH
Figure imgf000041_0001
wherein R1 can be Ci to C30 , saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; substituted or unsubstituted aromatic groups; or mixtures thereof.
N-acyl Tyrosine corresponds to the following formula:
O H
R 'CNH— c COOH
Figure imgf000041_0002
wherein R 1 can be C\ to C30 , saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; substituted or unsubstiluted aromatic groups; or mixtures thereof.
Particularly useful as a topical skin tone evening cosmetic agent is N-undecylenoyl-L- phenylalanine. This agent belongs to the broad class of N-acyl Phenylalanine derivatives, with its acyl group being a C I 1 mono-unsaturated fatty acid moiety and the amino acid being the L- isomer of phenylalanine. N-undecylenoyl-L-phenylalanine corresponds to the following formula:
0 H
(CH2)8CNH C COOH
Figure imgf000042_0001
As used herein, N-iindecylenoyl-L-phenylalanine is commercially available under the tradename Sepiwhite© from SEPP1C.
In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more N-acyl amino acids.
10. Retinoids
The personal care compositions may comprise one or more retinoid. In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more retinoids. The optimum concentration used in a composition will depend on the specific retinoid selected since their potency can vary considerably.
As used herein, "retinoid" includes all natural and/or synthetic analogs of Vitamin A or retinol-like compounds which possess the biological activity of Vitamin A in the skin as well as the geometric isomers and stereoisomers of these compounds. The retinoid may be selected from retinol, retinol esters (e.g. , C2 - C22 alkyl esters of retinol, including retinyl palmitate, retinyl acetate, retinyl propionate), retinal, and/or retinoic acid (including all-trans retinoic acid and/or 13-cis-retinoic acid), or mixtures thereof. Suitable retinoids which are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,677, 1 20; 4,885,3 1 1 ; 5,049,584; 5, 124,356; and Reissue 34,075. Other suitable retinoids may include tocopheryl-retinoate [tocopherol ester of retinoic acid (trans- or cis-), adapalene (6- [3-( l -adamantyl)-4-methoxyphenyl]-2-naphthoic acid ) , and tazarotene (ethyl 6-[2-(4,4- dimethylthiochroman-6-yl)-ethynyl]nicotinate). Suitable retinoids include retinol, retinyl palmitate, retinyl acetate, retinyl propionate, retinal and combinations thereof. In selected embodiment, retinyl propionate may be used in amounts from about 0. 1 % to about 0.3%.
1 1 . Peptides
The personal care composition may comprise a peptide. Suitable peptides can include, but are not limited to, di-, tri-, tetra-, penta-, and hexa-peptides and derivatives thereof. In one embodiment, the compositions comprise from about l x l 0~7% to about 20%, from about 1 x 10"°% to about 10%, or from about lx l 0"5% to about 5%, by weight of a peptide. In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more peptides.
As used herein, "peptide" refers to pept ides containing ten or fewer amino acids and their derivatives, isomers, and complexes with other species such as metal ions (e.g. , copper, zinc, manganese, magnesium, and the like). Peptide refers to both naturally occurring and synthesized peptides. Also useful herein are naturally occurring and commercially available compositions that contain peptides. The peptides may contain at least one basic amino acid (e.g. , histidine, lysine, arginine). For example, suitable peptides are the dipeptide carnosine (beta-ala-his), the tripeptide gly-his-lys, the tripeptide his-gly-gly, the tripeptide gly-gly-his, the tripeptide gly-his- gly, the tetrapeptide gly-gln-pro-arg, the pentapeptide lys-thr-thr-lys-ser, lipophilic derivatives of peptides, and metal complexes of the aforementioned (e.g. , copper complex of the tripeptide his- gly-gly (also known as Iamin)). Other suitable peptides include Peptide C (arg-lys-arg); Peptide CK+ (ac-arg-lys-arg-NH2); and Peptide E, arg-ser-arg-lys. A commercially available tripeptide derivative-containing composition is Biopeptide CL® (from Sederma, France), which contains 100 ppm of palmitoyl-gly-his-lys and is commercially available. A commercially available pentapeptide derivative-containing composition is atrixyl (from Sederma, France), which contains 100 ppm of palmitoyl-lys-thr-thr-lys-ser. A suitable peptide is a dipeptide based molecule having a C terminal amino acid of threonine, such as plamitoyl-lys-thr, as described in US Patent Application Publication 2007/0020220 A 1 .
Peptide derivatives useful herein include lipophilic derivatives such as palmitoyl derivatives. In one embodiment, the peptide is selected from palmitoyl-lys-thr-thr-lys-ser, palmitoyl-gly-his-lys, their derivatives, and combinations thereof.
12. Particulate Materials The compositions of the present invention can comprise one or more particulate materials. Nonlimiting examples of particulate materials useful in the present invention include colored and uncolored pigments, interference pigments, inorganic powders, organic powders, composite powders, optical brightener particles, and combinations thereof. These particulates can, for instance, be platelet shaped, spherical, elongated or needle-shaped, or irregularly shaped, surface coated or uncoated, porous or non-porous, charged or uncharged, and can be added to the current compositions as a powder of as a pre-dispersion. In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, 1 %, or 2% to about 50%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3% by weight of the composition, of particulate(s). There are no specific limitations as to the pigment, colorant or filler powders used in the composition.
Particulate materials useful herein can include, but are not limited to, bismuth oxychloride, sericite, mica, mica treated with barium sulfate or other materials, zeolite, kaolin, silica, boron nitride, lauroyl lysine, nylon, polyethylene, talc, styrene, polypropylene, polystyrene, ethylene/acrylic acid copolymer, polyurethane, aluminum oxide, silicone resin, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, cellulose acetate, PTFE, polymethyl methacrylate, starch, modified starches such as aluminum starch octenyl succinate, silk, glass, and mixtures thereof. Suitable commercial examples of particulates include, but are not limited, to polymeric particles chosen from the polymethylsilsesquioxane resin microspheres such as including materials sold under the tradename Tospearl® by Momentive Performance Materials Inc., microspheres of polymethylmethacrylates such Micropearl M305 by SEPPIC, spherical particles of crosslinked polydimethylsiloxanes, especially such as those sold by Dow Corning 9506 Cosmetic Power by Dow Corning, spherical particles of polyamide and more specifically Nylon 12 such as Orgasol® 2002 line by Atochem, polystyrene microspheres such as for example those sold under the name Dynospheres® by Dyno Particles, ethylene acrylate copolymer sold under the name EA209 by Kobo, .PTFE, polypropylene, aluminum starch ocetenylsuccinate such as those sold under the name Dry-Flo® by AkzoNobel, microspheres of polyethylene such as those sold under the name of Microthene® F 5 10-00 by Equistar and under then name M icropoly by Presperse, Inc., silicone resin, polymethylsilsesquioxane silicone polymer, and mixtures thereof. Suitable particulate materials include spherical powders with an average primary particle size of from about 0.1 to about 75 microns or from about 0.2 to about 30 microns.
Other suitable particulate materials include interference pigments. Interference pigments, for purposes of the present specification, are defined as thin platelike layered particles having two or more layers of controlled thickness with different refractive indices that yield a characteristic reflected color from the interference of typically two, but occasionally more, light reflections, from different layers of the platelike particle. The most common examples of interference pigments are micas layered with about 50 - 300 nm films of Ti02, Fe203, silica, tin oxide, and/or Cr203. Such pigments are often pearlescent. Pearl pigments reflect, refract and transmit light because of the transparency of pigment particles and the large difference in the refractive index of mica platelets and, for example, the titanium dioxide coating. Useful interference pigments are available commercially from a wide variety of suppliers, for example, Rona (Timiron™ and Dichrona™ ), Presperse (Flonac™ ), Englehard (Duochrome1 M ), Kobo (KTZ Interfine and KTZ Interval), BASF (Reflecks™) and Eckart (Prestige series). Suitable interference pigments may have a small particle sizes, with an average diameter of individual particles less than about 75 microns in the longest direction, or less than about 50 microns.
Other particulate materials include pigments which can provide color to the personal care composition. Suitable pigments include inorganic pigments, organic pigments and combinations thereof. Examples of such useful inorganic pigments include iron oxides, ferric ammonium ferrocyanide, manganese violet, ultramarine blue, and Chrome oxide. Organic pigments can include natural colorants and synthetic monomeric and polymeric colorants. An example is phthalocyanine blue and green pigment. Also useful are lakes, primary FD&C or D&C lakes and blends thereof. Also useful are encapsulated soluble or insoluble dyes and other colorants. Inorganic white or uncolored pigments useful in the present invention, for example Ti02, ZnO, or Zr02, are commercially available from a number of sources. One example of a suitable particulate material contains the material available from U.S. Cosmetics (TRONOX Ti02 series, SAT-T CR837, a rutile Ti02). S uitable pigments include charged dispersions of titanium dioxide, as are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,997,887.
Colored or uncolored pigments may have a primary average particle size of from about 10 nm, 15 nm, or 20 nm to about 100,000 nm, 5,000nm, or l OOOnm. Mixtures of the same or different pigments having different particle sizes are also useful herein (e.g. , incorporating a T1O2 having a primary particle size of from about 100 nm to about 400 nm with a T1O2 having a primary particle size of from about 10 nm to about 50 nm). ·
The particulate materials can be surface treated to provide added stability and/or for ease of formulation. Non-limiting examples of suitable coating materials include silicones, lecithin, amino acids, metal soaps, polyethylene and collagen. These surface treatments may be hydrophobic or hydrophilic. Particularly useful hydrophobic pigment treatments include polysiloxane treatments such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent 5, 143,722.
13. UV Actives The compositions of the subject invention may optionally contain a UV active. As used herein, "UV active" includes both sunscreen agents and physical sunblocks. Suitable U V actives may be organic or inorganic. Suitable UV actives are listed in the functional category of "Sunscreen Agents" in the Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2010.
Suitable UV actives include dibenzoylmethane derivatives including 2- methyldibenzoylmethane, 4-methyldibenzoylmethane, 4-isopropyldibenzoylmethane, 4-tert- butyldibenzoylmelhane, 2,4- dimethyldibenzoylmethane, 2,5- dimethyldibenzoylmethane, 4,4'- diisopropyldibenzoylmethane, 4,4'-dimethoxy dibenzoylmethane, 4-tert-butyl-4'-methoxy dibenzoylmethane (i.e. , butyl methoxydibcnzoylmethane or avobenzone)(commercially available as PA SOL® 1789 from DSM), 2-methyl-5-isopropyl-4'-methoxy dibenzoylmethane, 2-methyl- 5-tert-butyl-4'-methoxydibenzoylmethane, 2,4-dimethyl-4'-methoxy dibenzoylmethane, and 2,6- dimethyl-4-tert-butyl-4'-methoxy dibenzoylmethane. Other suitable UV actives include 2- ethylhexyl-p-methoxycinnamate (commercially available as PARSOL® CX from DSM), 2- hydroxy-4-mefhoxybenzophenone, benzonphenone-3 (i.e. oxybeznone), octyldimethyl-p- aminobenzoic acid, digalloyltrioleate, . 2,2-dihydroxy-4-rnefhoxybenzophenone, ethyl-4- (bis(hydroxy-propyl))aminobenzoate, 2-ethylhexyl-2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl- salicylate, glyceryl-p-aminobenzoate, 3,3,5-tri-methylcyclohexylsalicylate, methylanthrani late, p- dimethyl-aminobenzoic acid or aminobenzoate, 2-ethylhexyl-p-dimethyl-amino-benzoate, 2- phenylbenzimidazole-5-sulfonic acid, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)-5-sulfonicbenzoxazoic acid, octocrylene, zinc oxide, titanium dioxide, and mixtures of these compounds.
Particularly suitable UV actives useful in the compositions of the present invention are 2- ethylhexyl-p-methoxycinnamate, 4-tert-butyl-4'-methoxy dibenzoylmethane, 2-hydroxy-4- methoxybenzo-phenone, 2-phenylbenzimidazole-5-sulfonic acid, octocrylene, zinc oxide, titanium dioxide, and mixtures thereof.
Other suitable UV actives include 4-methylbenzylidene camphor (commercially available as PARSOL® 5000 from DSM or Eusolex 6300 from Merck), methylene bis-benzotriazolyl tetramcthylbulylphenol (i.e. , bisoctrizole, commercially available as Tinosorb® M from BASF), bis-ethylhexyloxyphenol methoxyphenol triazine (i.e. , bemotrizinol.commercially available as Tinosorb® S from BASF), disodium phenyl dibenzimidazole tetrasulfonate (i.e., Bisdisulizole disodium, commercially available as Neo Heliopan® AP from Symrise), Ethylhexyl triazone (commercially available as Uvinul® T 150 from BASF), Drometrizole trisiloxane (marketed as Mexoryl XL by L'Oreal), Sodium Dihydroxy Dimethoxy Disulfobenzophenone (i.e. , benzophenone-9, commercially available as Uvinul® DS 49 from BASF), Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate (commercially available as Uvinul A Plus from BASF), diethylhexyl butamido triazone (i.e. , Iscotrizinol, commercially available as Uvasorb® HEB by 3V Sigma), Polysilicone- 15 (i.e. , commercially available as PARSOL® SLX from DSM), and Isoamyl p-Methoxycinnamate (i.e. , amiloxate, commercially available as Neo Heliopan E 1000 from Symrise).
14. Photostabilizers
A suitable photostabilizer is alpha-cyanodiphenylacrylate is as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 7,713,519. The alpha-cyanodiphenylacrylate may have the general formula:
Figure imgf000047_0001
wherein one or both of R l and R2 is independently a straight or branched chain Cl-30 alkoxy radical and any non-alkoxy R l or R2 radical is hydrogen; and R3 is a straight or branched chain Cl -30 alkyl. Alternately, one or both of R l and R2 is independently a C l -8 alkoxy radical and any non-alkoxy R l or R2 radical is hydrogen; and R3 is a straight of branched chain C2-20 alkyl. Alternately, one or both of R l and R2 is independently methoxy, and any non-methoxy R l or R2 is hydrogen; and R3 is a straight or branched chain C2-20 alkyl.
A suitable alpha-cyanodiphenylacrylate is ethylhexyl methoxycrylene, or 2-ethylhexyl 2- cyano-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropenoate, wherein R l is methoxy, R2 is hydrogen, and R3 is 2-ethylhexyl. This material is available from Hallstar Company under trade name Solastay® S 1 .
Another suitable photostabilizer includes diesters or polyesters of naphthalene dicarboxylic acid as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,993,789, 6, 1 13,931 , 6, 126,925 and 6,284,916. Suitable diesters or polyesters of naphthalene dicarboxylic acid may have the following formula:
Figure imgf000047_0002
or
Figure imgf000047_0003
wherein each R independently is an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, or a diol having the formula HO-R2-OH, or a polyglycol having the formula l-IO-R3-(-0-R2-)m-OH, and, wherein R2 and R3, same or different, are each an alkylcne group, straight chain or branched, having 1 to
6 carbon atoms, wherein m and n are each 1 to about 100, 1 to about 10, or 2 to about 7. A suitable diesters of naphthalene dicarboxylic acid is diethylhexyl 2,6-naphthaIate available as Corapan® TQ from Symrise.
Another suitable photostabilizer is 4-hydroxybenzylidenemalonate derivatives or 4- hydroxycinnamate derivatives. Suitable materials ma have the following formula:
Figure imgf000048_0001
wherein A is a chromophoric group that absorbs UV-radiation, comprises one divalent group or two monovalent groups with at least one group having carbonyl (C=0) functionality; R' is hydrogen, a linear or branched C\-C& alkyl radical or a linear or branched d-Cs alkoxy radical; and R" is a linear or branched Cj-Cg alkyl radical. Exemplary compounds include ethyl-alpha- cyano-3,5-dimelhoxy-4-hydroxy cinnamatc, ethyl-alpha-acetyl-3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxy cinnamate, iso-propyl-alpha-acctyl-3,5-dimcthoxy-4-hydroxy cinnamatc, iso-amyl-alpha-acetyl- 3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydiOxy cinnamate, 2-ethylhexyl-alpha-acetyl-3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxy cinnamate, diethyl-3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxy benzylidene malonate, di-(2-ethylhexyl)-3,5- dimethoxy-4-hydroxy benzylidene malonate, diisoamyl-3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxy benzylidene malonate, didodecyl-3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxy benzylidene malonate, dipalmitoyl-3,5- dimethoxy-4-hydroxy benzylidene malonate, and di-isopropyl-3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxy benzylidene malonate. A particularly suitable compound is diethylhexyl syringylidenemalonate (INCl name) available under the tradename Oxynex® ST from EMD Chemicals, Inc., having the formula:
O CH2CH3
Figure imgf000048_0002
Additional suitable 4-hydroxybenzylidenemalonate derivatives or 4-hydroxycinnamate derivatives are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 7,357,91 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2003/0108492 A 1 and US2003/0157035 A.
Another suitable photostabilizer is a 2-pyrrolidinone-4-carboxy ester compounds. Suitable 2-pyrrolidinone-4-carboxy ester compounds may have the following formula:
Figure imgf000049_0001
wherein R1 is a linear or branched C1-C20 alkyl radical, and R2 is a linear or branched C1-C20 alkyl radical which can contain a C5-C6 ring, the phenyl radical, the benzyl radical or the phenethyl radical. Exemplary radicals for R1 and R2 include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n- butyl, isobiityl, tcrt-butyl, n-oclyl, 2-ethylhexyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, cyclohexyl and methylcyclohexyl radicals. Particular examples of 2-pyrrolidinone-4-carboxy ester compounds are provided in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0183529.
Other suitable pholostabilizers include:
• silicon-containing s-triazines substituted with two aminobenzoate or aminobenzamide groups as described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0145324;
• fluorene derivatives as described in U.S. Patent Application Publications Nos.
2004/00579 12, 2004/00579914, 200/00579916, and 2004/062726;
• piperidinol salts as described in U.S. Patent Application Publications No. 2005/0220727 including tris(tetramethylhydroxypiperidinol) citrate sold under the tradename Tinogard® Q by Ciba; and
• arylalkyl amides and esters as described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2008/0019930.
Other suitable photoslabilizers are listed in the functional category of "Light Stabilizers" in the Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2010.
In one embodi ment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of one or more suitable photostabilizer. In certain embodiments, the personal care composition may comprise at least one photostabilzer and at least one UV active. In particular embodiments, the U V active is a clibenzoylmethane derivative. Γη a particular embodiment, the UV active is 4,4'-t-butyl methoxydibenzoyl-melhane (i.e., avobenzone).
15. Anti-Cellulite Agents
The compositions of the present invention may also comprise an anti-cellulite agent. Suitable agents may include, but are not limited to, xanthine compounds (e.g. , caffeine, theophylline, theobromine, aminophylline, chloroethyltheophylline, dyphylline, etamiphylline, proxyphylline, and the like); extracts of tea, coffee, guarana, mate, cola (Cola nitida); extracts of climbing ivy (Hedera helix), arnica (Arnica montana L), rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis N), of marigold (Calendula officinalis), sage (Salvia officinalis L), ginseng (Panax ginseng), St. John's wort (Hypericum perforatum), of butcher's broom (Ruscus aculeatus L), meadowsweet (Filipendula ulmaria L), orthosiphon (Orthosiphon stamincus benth), birch (Belula alba), cecropia and argan tree; Ginkgo biloba, horsetail, escin, cangzhu, Chrysanthellum indicuin, Dioscorea plants rich in diosgenin or pure diosgenin or hecogenin and compounds thereof, Ballota, Guioa, Davallia, Terminalia, Barringtonia, Trema, Antirobia, bitter orange (Citrus aurantiuin); and an extract of cocoa bean shells (Theobroma cacao) such as sold under the name Caobromine ® by Solabia.
In one embodiment, the personal care composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more anti-cellu lite agents.
16. Desquamation Actives
A desquamation active may be added to the compositions of the present invention. In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more desquamation actives.
Suitable desquamation actives include beta-hydroxy acids such as salicylic acid and its derivatives (including 5-(noctanoyl)salicylic acid also known as capryloyl salicylic acid) and alpha-hydroxy acids such as glycolic acid, citric acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid or mandelic acid; 8-hexadecene-l,16-dicarboxylic acid or 9-octadecenedioic acid; urea; gentisic acid; oligofucoses; cinnamic acid; Saphora Japonica extract; and resveratrol.
Other suitable desquamation actives include compounds acting on the enzymes involved in desquamating or degrading the corneodesmosomes, glycosidases, stratum corneum chymotryptic enzyme (SCCE) or other proteases (trypsin, chymotrypsin-like). Suitable materials include aminosulphonic compounds such as 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine-l-propanesulphonic acid (HEPES); 2-oxothiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid (procysteine) and its compounds; compounds of glycine-type alpha-amino acids (as described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0041889, and also sodium methylglycinediacetate sold under the trade name TR1LON® M by BASF); honey; and sugar compounds such as O-octanoyl-6-D-maltose and N- acetylglucosamine.
One desquamation system comprises salicylic acid and zwitterionic surfactants as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,652,228. Another desquamation system contains sulfhydryl compounds and zwitterionic surfactants as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,681 ,852
17. Anti-Acne Actives
The compositions of the present invention can comprise one or more anti-acne actives.
Suitable anti-acne actives include, but are not limited to, resorcinol, sulfur, salicylic acid, retinoids such as retinoic acid and its derivatives, sulfur-containing amino acids and their derivatives and salts (e.g. , N-acetyl derivatives such as N-acetyl-L-cysteinc), and lipoic acid. Other suitable anti-acne actives may be chosen from (i) antibiotics and antimicrobials such as benzoyl peroxide, octopirox, tetracycline, 2,4,4'trichloro-2'-hydiOxy diphenyl ether, 3,4,4'- trichlorobanilide, azelaic acid and its derivatives, phenoxyethanol, phenoxypropanol, phenoxyisopropanol, ethyl acetate, clindamycin and meclocycline; (ii) sebostats such as flavonoids; and (iii) bile salts such as scymnol sulfate and its derivatives, deoxycholate, and cholate. Further examples of suitable anti-acne actives are described in U. S. Patent No. 5,607,980.
In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more anti-acne compounds.
1 8. Anti-Oxidants/Racial Scavengers
The compositions of the present invention can include an anti-oxidant/radical scavenger.
In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more anti-oxidant/radical scavengers.
Suitable anti-oxidants are listed in the functional category of "Antioxidants" in the Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2010.
Suitable anti-oxidants include butylatecl hydroxytoluene (BUT) and butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA). BHT can be described by the general formula:
Figure imgf000052_0001
wherein X is OH or SH;
Y is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, OR5) COOR5, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aromatic, heteroaromatic, carboxamido, sulfonamido, carbamate, urea, and trialkylsilyl;
Ri , R2, R3, 4 are selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aromatic, heteroaromatic, OR5, carboxamido, sulfonamido, formyl, acyl, carboxyl, carboxylate, carbamate, urea, trialkylsilyl, hydroxyl, and hydrogen;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aromatic, heteroaromatic, trialkylsilyl, acyl, and hydrogen.
Other anti-oxidants/radical scavengers such as ascorbic acid (vitamin C), tocopherol (vitamin E), tocopherol sorbate, tocopherol acetate, other esters of tocopherol, 6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8- tetramethylchroman-2-carboxylic acid (commercially available under the tradename Trolox^), amines (e.g. , Ν,Ν-diethylhydroxylamine, amino-guanidine), nordihydroguaiaretic acid, bioflavonoids, amino acids, silymarin, sorbic acids and its salts, lipoic acid, olive extracts, green tea extracts, white tea extracts, black tea extracts, polyphenols such as proanthocyanidine from pine bark, carotenoids, curcumin compounds such as tetrahydrocurcumin, OCTA (L-2-oxo-4- thiazolidine carboxylic acid), glutathione, and grape skin/seed extracts may be used. Suitable anti-oxidants/radical scavengers can be selected from esters of tocopherol such as tocopherol acetate.
In one embodiment, the composition comprises tocopherol sorbate. As used herein, "tocopherol sorbate" refers to the sorbic acid ester of tocopherol, a detailed description of which can be found in issued patent US 5,922,758. In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05 %, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 50%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of the tocopherol sorbate.
19. Conditioning Agents
The personal care compositions of the present invention can contain a safe and effective amount of a conditioning agent selected from, for example, humectants, moisturizers, occlusives, and emollients which may be applied to keratinous tissue. In one embodiment, the composition may comprise from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 50%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of one or more conditioning agents.
Humectants are one group of conditioning agents. Humectants can be selected from the group consisting of polyhydric alcohols, water soluble alkoxylated nonionic polymers, and mixtures thereof. Polyhydric alcohols useful herein include glycerin, sorbitol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, pcntylene glycol, hexylene glycol, ethoxylated glucose, 1 , 2-hexane diol, hexanetriol, dipropylene glycol, erythritol, trehalose, diglycerin, xylitol, maltitol, maltose, glucose, fructose, sodium chondroitin sulfate, sodium hyaluronate, hyaluronic acid, sodium adenosine phosphate, sodium lactate, pyrrolidone carbonate, glucosamine, cyclodextrin, and mixtures thereof.
Other conditioning agents include water soluble alkoxylated nonionic polymers such as polyethylene glycols and polypropylene glycols having a molecular weight of up to about 1000 such as those with CTFA names PEG-200, PEG-400, PEG-600, PEG- 1000, and mixtures thereof.
Other conditioning agents include, but are not limited to, guanidine, urea, glycolic acid, glycolate salts (e.g. ammonium and quaternary alkyl ammonium), salicylic acid, lactic acid, lactate salts (e.g. , ammonium and quaternary alkyl ammonium), aloe vera in any of its variety of forms (e.g., aloe vera gel), polyethylene glycols, sugars (e.g., melibiose), cellulose, dextrin, starches, sugar and starch derivatives (e.g., alkoxylated glucose, fucose), lactamide monoethanolamine, acetamide monoethanolamine, panthenol, allantoin, amylose, hyaluronic acid, sodiium hyaluronate, betaglucan, glycogen, alguronic acid, galactoarabinan and mixtures thereof.
Other conditioning agents are extracts that contain polysaccharides including the following materials: TriMoist MF (Mibelle AG Biochemistry), Fucogel® and Glycofilm® (Solabia Group), Aquaxyl™ (Seppic), Pheohydrane P (Barnet Products Corporation), Aesthigel (Barnet Products Corporation), Pentacare HP (Pentapharm), and Hyalurosmooth (Laboratoires Serobiologiques).
Also useful herein are the propoxylated glycerols described in U.S. Patent No. 4,976,953. Also useful are various C 1 -C30 monoesters and polyesters of sugars and related materials. These esters are derived from a sugar or polyol moiety and one or more carboxylic acid moieties. Other suitable conditioning agents are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,750, 122; 5,674,478; 4,529,586; 4,507,280; 4 ,663, 158; 4, 197,865 ; 4,21 7,914; 4,38 1 ,91 : and 4,422, 853.
20. Anti-Inflammatory Agents
Steroidal anti-inflammatory agents can include, but are not limited to, corticosteroids such as hydrocortisone. In addition, nonsteroidal anti-inilammatory agents can be useful herein. The varieties of compounds encompassed by this group are well known to those skilled in the art. Specific non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents that can be useful in the composition of the present invention include, but are not limited to, salicylates, flufenamic acid, etofenamate, aspirin, and mixtures thereof.
Additional anti-inflammatory agents useful herein include allantoin and compounds of the
Licorice (the plant genus/species Glycyrrhiza glabra) family, including glycyrrhetic acid, glycyrrhizic acid, and derivatives thereof (e.g. , salts and esters).
In one embodiment, the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 50%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
21 . Tanning Actives
The compositions of the present invention can comprise a tanning active. In one embodiment, the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 50%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of a tanning active. A suitable tanning active is dihydroxyacetone.
22. Skin Lightening Agents
The compositions of the present invention can comprise a skin lightening agent. In one embodiment, the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 50%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, or 5%, by weight of the composition, of one or more skin lightening agents. Suitable skin lightening agents include those known in the art, including ascorbyl glucoside, kojic acid, hydroquinone arbutin, and tranexamic acid. Other skin lightening materials suitable for use herein can include Acitwhite® (Cognis), Embiica ® (Rona), Azeloglicina (Sinerga) and extracts (e.g. mulberry extract). An exemplary skin lightening agent is ascorbyl glucoside. Other skin lightening actives include Phlorogine and Phlorgine BG (laininaria saccharina extract), deoxyarbutin, sucrose dilaurate, bakuchiol, pyrenoine, millet, arlatone dioic acid, cinnamic acid, ferulic acid, achromaxyl, methyl nicotinamide, oil soluble licorice extract, folic acid, undecylenic acid, zinc undecylenate, L- tryptophan, thiamine HQ, hexylresorcinol, lipidami red vine, dragosine, methyl gentisate, inositol, 1 ,2-hexandiol and 1 ,2-octandiol (available as Symdiol 68 from Symrise), laminaine, their salts, their derivatives, their precursors, and combinat ions thereof. Suitable skin lightening agents are further disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication US 2010/01 89669 A l .
23. Botanical Extracts
The personal care composition may comprise botanical extracts. In one embodiment, the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.0005% 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more botanical extracts. Suitable botanical extracts include extracts from plants (herbs, roots, flowers, fruits, seeds) such as flowers, fruits, vegetables, and so on, including yeast ferment extract, Padina Pavonica extract, thermus thermophilis ferment extract, camelina saliva seed oil, boswellia serrata extract, olive extract.bodopsis Thaliana extract, Acacia Dealbata extract, Acer Saccharintim (sugar maple), acidopholus, acorus, aesculus, Alicaligenes polysaccharides, agaricus, agave, agrimonia, algae, aloe, citrus, brassica, cinnamon, orange, apple, blueberry, cranberry, peach, pear, lemon, lime, pea, seaweed, caffeine, green tea, chamomile, willowbark, mulberry, poppy, and the like. Further specific examples include, but are not limited to, Glycyrrhiza Glabra, Salix Nigra, Macrocycstis Pyrifera, Pyrus Malus, Saxifraga Sarmentosa, Vitis Vinifera, Morus Nigra, Scutellaria Baicalensis, Anthemis Nobilis, Salvia Sclarea, Rosmarinus Officianalis, Citrus edica Limonum, Ginkgo Biloba Panax Ginseng, Siegesbeckia Orientalis, Fructus Mume, Ascophyllum Nodosum, Bifida Ferment lysate, Glycine Soja extract, Beta Vulgaris, Haberlea Rhodopensis, Polygonum Cuspidatum, Citrus Aurantium Dulcis, Vitis Vini fera, Selaginella Tamariscina, Hum lus Liipulus, Citrus Reticulata Peel, Punica Granatum, Asparagopsis, Curcuma Longa, Menyanthes Trifoliata, Helianfhus Annuus, Hordeum Vulgare, Cucumis Sativus, Evernia Prunastri, Evernia Furfuracea, Laminaria Angustata, Laminaria Cloustoni, Laminaria Digitata, Laminaria Digitata, Laminaria Hyperborea, Laminaria Japonica, Laminaria Longissima, Laminaria Ochotensis, Laminaria Ochroleuca, Laminaria Saccharina, and mixtures thereof. Other suitable actives are listed in the functional category of "Biological Products" in the Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2010.
24. Antimicrobial, Antibacterial and Antifungal Actives
The personal care compositions can comprise an antimicrobial or antifungal active. A safe and effective amount of an antimicrobial or antifungal active can be added to the present compositions. In one embodiment, the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more antimicrobial, antibactcrialand/or antifungal actives.
Suitable actives useful herein include those selected from the group consisting of benzoyl peroxide, 3-hydroxy benzoic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, 4-hydroxy benzoic acid, 2- hydroxybutanoic acid, 2-hydroxypentanoic acid, 2-hydroxyhexanoic acid, phytic acid, lipoic acid, azclaic acid, arachidonic acid, benzoylpcroxide, tetracycline, ibuprofen, naproxen, hydrocortisone, acetominophcn, resorcinol, phenoxyethanol, phenoxypropanol, phenoxyisopropanol, lidocaine hydrochloride, neocycin sulfate, and mixtures thereof. Suitable antimicrobial actives include coal tar, sulfur, whitfield's ointment, castellani' s paint, aluminum chloride, gentian violet, octopirox (piroctone olamine), 2,4,4'-trichloro-2'- hydroxy diphcnyl ether (Triclosan),3,4,4'-trichloiOcarbanilide (Triclocarban), ciclopirox olamine, undecylcnic acid and metal salts, potassium permanganate, selenium sulfide, sodium thiosulfate, propylene glycol, oil of bitter orange, urea preparations, griseofulvin, 8- Hydroxyquinoline ciloquinol, thiobendazole, thiocarbamates, haloprogin, polyenes, hydroxypyridone, mo holine, benzylamine, allylamines (such as terbinafine), tea tree oil, clove leaf oil, coriander, palmarosa, berberine, thyme red, cinnamon oil, cinnamic aldehyde, citronellic acid, hinokitol, ichthyol pale, ethylhexylglycerin, hexamidine diisethionate, azelaic acid, lyticase, iodopropynyl butylcarbamate (LP C), isothiazalinones such as octyl isothiazalinone, and combinations thereof.
Azole antimicrobials may be used and include imidazoles such as benzimidazole, benzothiazole, bifonazole, butaconazole nitrate, climbazole, clotrimazole, croconazole, eberconazole, econazole, elubiol, fenticonazole, fluconazole, flutimazole, isoconazole, ketoconazole, lanoconazole, metronidazole, miconazole, neticonazole, omoconazole, oxiconazole nitrate, sertaconazole, sulconazole nitrate, tioconazole, thiazole, and triazoles such as terconazole and itraconazole, and combinations thereof.
Selenium sul fide may be used as an antimicrobial. Selenium sulfide is generally regarded as a compound havi ng one mole of selenium and two moles of sulfur, although it may also be a cyclic formula that conforms to the general formula SexSy, wherein x + y = 8. Average particle diameters for the selenium sulfide are typically less than 15μιτι, as measured by forward laser light scattering device (e.g. , Malvern 3600 instrument), or, alternately, less than 10 μιη.
Selenium sulfide compounds are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 2,694,668, 3, 152,046,
4,089,945, and 4,885, 107.
Other suitable actives are listed in the functional category of "Cosmetic Biocides" in the
Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook,
Thirteenth Edition, 2010.
25. Amiperspirant Actives
Antiperspirant actives may also be included in the compositions of the present invention. Suitable antiperspirant actives include astringent metallic salts, especially the inorganic and organic salts of aluminum zirconium and zinc, as well as mixtures thereof. Exemplary actives include aluminum containing and/or zirconium-containing materials or salts, such as aluminum halides, aluminum chlorohydrate, aluminum hydroxyhalides, zirconyl oxyhalides, zirconyl hydroxyhalides, and mixtures thereof. In one embodiment, the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 , 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%,, or 3% by weight of the composition, of one or more antiperspirant compounds.
26. Sensates
The personal care composition may include a warming sensates and/or cooling senate. Sensatcs provide the sensation of heating or cooling to a user, but may or may not yield a change in skin temperature. The sensation may be instantaneous or may be delayed, but, generally, is appreciable within 5 minutes of application of the skin care composition. In one embodiment, the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.00] %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more sensates. Any mixture of the warming and/or cooling sensates may also be used.
Suitable warming sensates include vanillyl alcohol derivatives including of vanillyl alcohol n-butyl ether, vanillyl alcohol n-propyl ether, vanillyl alcohol isopropyl ether, vanillyl alcohol isobutyl ether, vanillyl alcohol n-amino ether, vanillyl alcohol isoamyl ether, vanillyl alcohol n-hexyl ether, vani llyl alcohol methyl ether and vanillyl alcohol ethyl ether; and phosphate derivatives comprising the aforementioned vanillyl alcohol derivatives such as vanillyl alcohol isoamyl ether monophosphate, vanillyl alcohol n-butyl ether monophosphate, vani llyl alcohol n-hexyl ether monophosphate. Other suitable warming sensates include ethyl alcohol, niacin, jambu, nicotinic acid, zingerone, vanillyl alcohol n-butyl ether, vanillyl alcohol n-propyl ether, vanillyl alcohol isopropyl ether, vanillyl alcohol isobutyl ether, vanillyl alcohol n-amino ether, vanillyl alcohol isoamyl ether, vanillyl alcohol n-hexyl ether, vanillyl alcohol methyl ether, vanillyl alcohol ethyl ether, gingerol, methyl salicylate, shogaol paradol, zingerone, capsaicin, dihydrocapsaicin, nordihydrocapsaicin, homocapsaicin, homodihydrocapsaicin, ethanol, tincture capsicum, oleoresin ginger alcohol extraction, eucalyptus oil, capsaicin, cinnamic aldehyde, chloroform, ether, iso-Amy L alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ally I isothiocyanate, ethyl acetate, glycerine, limonene, menthol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-cyclohexen-2-one- l , and mixtures thereof. Further suitable warming sensatcs include fluid extracts, hydro-alcohol extracts, essential oils, oleoresins, concretes or distillates of mustard seed, ginger, horseradish, chillies, jalapeno, pepper, capsicum, clove, cassia, and mixtures thereof.
Suitable cooling sensates include menthol, isopulegole, 3-( l -menthoxy)propan- l ,2-diol, p-menlhan-3,8-diol, 6-isopropyl-9-methyl- 1 ,4-dioxaspiro-(4,5)-decane-2-methanol, menthyl succinate, alkaline earth salts of menthyl succinate, trimethyl cyclohexanol, N-ethyl-2-isopropyl- 5-methylcyclohexane carboxamidc and other carboxamides as described in U.S. Patent No. 4, 136, 163 and 4,230,688, 3-( l -menthoxy)-2-methyl-propan- l ,2-diol, mint oil, peppermint oil, wintergreen, menthone, menthone glycerin ketal and other glycerol ketals described in U.S. Patent No. 5,266,592, menthyl lactate, 2-(5'-methyl-2 -(methylethyl)cyclohexyloxy)ethan- l-ol, 3-(5'-methyl-2'-(methylethyl)cyclohexyloxy)propan- l -ol, 4-(5'-methyl-2'-(methylethyl) cyclohexyloxy) butan- l -ol, and spearmint. Other cooling sensatcs include p-menth-3-yl n-butyl sulphoxidc, n-butyl 1 -isobutylcyclohexyl sulphoxide, n-hexyl 1 -isobiitylcyclohexyl sulphoxide, n-butyl 1 -isoamylcyclohexyl sulphoxide and n-hexyl 1 ,2-diethylcyclohexyl sulphoxide, and other cyclic sulphoxides and sulphones as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,032,661.
27. Preservatives
In one embodiment, the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 10%, 7%, 5%, 2%, or 1 %, by weight of the composition, of one or more preservatives. A variety of preservatives are suitable, including such as benzoic acid, benzyl alcohol, benzylhemiformal, benzylparaben, 5-bromo-5- nitro- 1 ,3- dioxane, 2-bromo-2-nitropropane- 1 ,3-diol, butyl parabcn, phenoxyethanol, methyl paraben, propyl paraben, diazolidinyl urea, sodium bcnzoate, calcium benzoate, calcium propionate, caprylyl glycol, biguanide derivatives, phenoxyethanol, captan, chlorhexidine diacetate, chlorhexidine digluconate, chlorhexidine dihydrochloride, chloroacetamide, chlorobutanol, p- chloro-m- cresol, chlorophene, chlorothymol, chloroxylenol, m-cresol, o-cresol, DEDM hydantoin, DEDM hydantoin dilaurate, dehydroacetic acid, diazolidinyl urea, dibromopropamidine diisethionate, DMDM hydantoin, glyceryl caprylate, potassium sorbate, salicylic acid, hexamidine, capryloyl glycine, 1 ,2 hexanediol, undecylenoyl glycine, ethylhexylglycerin, caprylhydroxamic acid, methylpropanediol, hinokitiol, sodium hinokitiol, phenylethyl alcohol, lcvulinec acid, p-anisic acid, 2-bromo-2-nitropi pane- l ,3-diol, sodium hydroxymethylglycinate, iodopropynyl bulylcarbamatc, methylchloroisothiazolinone, methylisothiazolinone, piroclone olamine, cinnamon oil, rosemary extract, B iopein® (available form Bio-Botanica), Naticide® (available form Sinerga), and combinations thereof. In one embodiment, the composition is free of parabens and/or formaldehydes.
28. Anti-dandruff Actives
The personal care compositions of the present invention may also contain an anti- dandruff agent. In one embodiment, the personal care composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0.1 %, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, 4%, 3%, or 2%, by weight of the composition, of one or more anti-dandruff actives. Suitable, non-limiting examples of anti-dandruff particulates include: pyridinethione salts, azoles, selenium sulfide, particulate sulfur, and mixtures thereof. In a particular embodiment, pyridinethione anti-dandruff particulates, especially l -hydroxy-2-pyridinethione salts, may be used. Suitable pyridinethione salts include those formed from heavy metals such as zinc, tin, cadmium, magnesium, aluminum and zirconium. In particular, zinc or a zinc salt of l -hydroxy-2-pyridinethione (known as "zinc pyridinethione" or "ZPT") may be used, l -hydroxy-2-pyridinethione salts may be in platelet particle form, wherein the particles have an average size of up to about 20μ, up to about 5μ, or up to about 2.5μ. Salts formed from other cations, such as sodium, may also be suitable. Pyridinethione anti-dandruff agents are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,809,971 ; 3,236,733; 3,753, 196; 3,761 ,418; 4,345,080; 4,323,683; 4,379,753; and 4,470,982. It is contemplated that when ZPT is used as the anti-dandruff particulate in the compositions herein, that the growth or re-growth of hair may be sti mulated or regulated, or both, or that hair loss may be reduced or inhibited, or that hair may appear thicker or fuller.
29. Substantivity Polymers
The personal care composition can comprise one or more substantivity polymers. These polymers may be used to enhance the deposition and longevity of other ingredients onto the keratinous tissue. These polymers may also improve rub-off resistance and water repellence. In one embodiment, the composition may comprises from about 0.0001 %, 0.001 %, 0.01 %, 0.05%, 0. 1%, 0.5%, or 1 % to about 30%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 7%, 5%, or 3%, by weight of the composition, of one or more substantivity polymer.
Suitable cationic polymers for use in the compositions of the present invention contain cationic nitrogen-containing moieties such as quaternary ammonium or cationic protonated amino moieties. The cationic protonated amines can be primary, secondary, or tertiary amines (preferably secondary or tertiary), depending upon the particular species and the selected pH of the composition. Any anionic counterions can be used in association with the cationic polymers so long as the polymers remain soluble in water, in the composition, or in a coacervate phase of the composition, and so long as the counterions are physically and chemically compatible with the essential components of the composition or do not otherwise unduly impair product performance, stability or aesthetics. Non limiting examples of such counterions include halides (e.g. , chloride, fluoride, bromide, iodide), sulfate and methylsiil ate.
Non limiting examples of suitable cationic polymers include copolymers of vinyl monomers having cationic protonated amine or quaternary ammonium functionalities with water soluble spacer monomers such as acrylamide, methacrylamide, alkyl and dialkyl acrylamides, alkyl and dialkyl methacrylamides, alkyl acrylate, alkyl methacrylate, vinyl caprolactone or vinyl pyrrolidone.
Suitable cationic protonated amino and quaternary ammonium monomers, for inclusion in the cationic polymers of the composition herein, include vinyl compounds substituted with dialkylaminoalkyl acrylate, dialkylaminoalkyl methacrylate, monoalkylaminoalkyl acrylate, monoalkylaminoalkyl methacrylate, trialkyl methacryloxyalkyl ammonium salt, trialkyl acryloxyalkyl ammonium salt, diallyl quaternary ammonium salts, and vinyl quaternary ammonium monomers having cyclic cationic nitrogen-containing rings such as pyridinium, imidazolium, and quaternized pyrrolidone, e.g. , alkyl vinyl imidazolium, alkyl vinyl pyridinium, alkyl vinyl pyrrolidone salts.
Other suitable cationic polymers for use in the compositions include copolymers of 1 - vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and l -vinyl-3-methylimidazolium salt (e.g. , chloride salt) (INCI name: Polyquaternium- 16); copolymers of l -vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (INCI name: Polyquaternium- 1 1 ); cationic diallyl quaternary ammonium-containing polymers, including, for example, dimethyldiallylammonium chloride homopolymer, copolymers of acrylamide and dimethyldiallylammonium chloride (INCI name: Polyquaternium 6 and Polyquaternium 7, respectively); amphoteric copolymers of acrylic acid including copolymers of acrylic acid and dimethyldiallylammonium chloride (INCI name: Polyquaternium 22), terpolymers of acrylic acid with dimethyldiallylammonium chloride and acrylamide (INCI name: Polyquaternium 39), and terpolymers of acrylic acid with methacrylamidopropyl trimethylammonium chloride and methylacrylate (INCI name: Polyquaternium - 47). Preferred cationic substituted monomers are the cationic substituted dialkylaminoalkyl acrylamides, dialkylaminoalkyl methacrylamides, and combinations thereof. These preferred monomers conform to the formula:
Π 2 - N + - R i x
I
(C H 2 ) n
I
N H
I
c =o
- [- C H 2 - C -]- n i
wherei n R 1 is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl ; each of R2, R3 and R4 are independently hydrogen or a short chain alkyl having from about 1 to about 8 carbon atoms; n is an integer having a value of from about 1 to about 8 ; and X is a counterion. The nitrogen attached to R2, R3 and R4 may be a protonated amine (primary, secondary or tertiary), but is preferably a quaternary ammonium wherein each of R2, R3 and R4 are alkyl groups a non limiting example of which is polymethyacrylamidopropyl trimonium chloride, available under the trade name Polycare 133, from Rhone-Poulenc. Other suitable cationic polymers for use in the composition include polysaccharide polymers, such as cationic cellulose derivatives and cationic starch derivatives. Suitable cationic polysaccharide polymers include those which conform to the formula:
Figure imgf000061_0001
wherein A is an anhydroglucose residual group, such as a starch or cellulose anhydroglucose residual; R is an alkylenc oxyalkylenc, polyoxyalkylene, or hydroxyalkylene group, or combination thereof; Rl , R2, and R3 independently are alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or alkoxyaryl groups, each group containing up to about 18 carbon atoms; and X is an anionic counterion as described in hereinbefore.
Suitable cationic cellulose polymers are salts of hydroxyethyl cellulose reacted with trimethyl ammonium substituted epoxide, INCI name "Polyquaternium 10" and available from Amerchol Corp. (Edison, N.J., USA) in their Polymer LR, JR, and KG series of polymers. Other suitable types of cationic cellulose includes the polymeric quaternary ammonium salts of hydroxyethyl cellulose reacted wilh lauryl dimethyl ammonium-substituted epoxide, INCI name "Polyquaternium 24." These materials are available from Amerchol Corp. under the tradename Polymer LM-200.
Other suitable cationic polymers include cationic guar gum derivatives, such as guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride, specific examples of which include the Jaguar series commercially avaialable from Rhone-Poulenc Incorporated and the N-Hance series commercially available from Aqualon Division of Hercules, Inc. Other suitable cationic polymers include quaternary nitrogen-containing cellulose ethers, some examples of which are described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,962, 1 8. Other su itable cationic polymers include copolymers of etherified cellulose, guar and starch, some examples of which are described in U .S. Pat. No. 3,958,581.
The compositions herein can comprise nonionic polymers. For instance, polyalkylene glycols having a molecular weight of more than about 1000 can be used. These can include those having the following general formula:
H(OCH2CRH)„-OH
wherein R is selected from the group consisting of H, methyl, and mixtures thereof; and n is a value selected such that the molecular weight of the molecule is greater than 1000 Da. Preferred polyethylene glycol polymers can include PEG-2M (also known as Poiyox WSR® N- 10, which is available from Dow Chemical Co. and as PEG-2,000); PEG-5M (also known as Poiyox WSR® N-35 and Polyox WSR*9 N-80, available from Dow and as PEG-5,000 and Polyethylene Glycol 300,000); PEG-7M (also known as Polyox WSR® N-750 available from Dow); PEG-9M (also known as Polyox WSR® -3333 available from Dow); and PEG- 14 M (also known as Polyox WSR® N-3000 available from Dow).
Suitable commercially available substantivity polymers include: Cosmedia DC
(hydrogenated dimer Dilinoleyl/ Dimethylcarbonate Copolymer) available from Cognis; Polycrylene (copolymer of adipic acid and neopentyl glycol end-capped with either octyldodecanol or a cyanodiphenylpropenoyl group). Polycrylene has the INCI name Polyester-8 and is available from Hallstar Co; Dow Corning FA 4001 CM Silicone Acrylate and Dow Corning FA 4002 ID Silicone Acrylate (copolymer of polytrimethylsiloxymethacrylate and one or more monomers consisting of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, or one of their simple esters dissolved in cyclopcnlasiloxane or isododecanc, respecti vely); Ganex P-904 (poly(butylated vinylpyrrolidone)), Ganex V-216 (vinylpyrrolidone and hexadecene copolymer), Ganex V-220 (vinylpyrrolidone and eicosene copolymer), and Ganex WP-660 (vinyl pyrrolidone and 1 - triacontane copolymer), all available from International Specialty Products; Phospholipon 9011 (hydrogenated lecithin) available from Phospholipid GmbH; Dermacryl AQF (acrylates copolymer) available fromNational Starch and Chemical Company; Stantiv OMA-2 (octadecene and maleic anhydride copolymer) available from Vertellus Performance Materials, Inc.; Dermacryl-79 (copolymer of octylacrylamide and one or more monomers consisting of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid or one of their simple esters) available from National Starch and Chemical Company; Allianz OPT (copolymer of: methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, and cctyl-eicosinyl methacrylate) available from International Specialty Products; and Avalure UR 450 (PPG- 17, isophorone diisocyanate and dimethylol propionic acid copolymer) available from Noveon.
Other suitable polymers are disclosed in paragraph 50 of U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2006/0134045 A l .
30. Detersive Surfactants
Depending upon the form and function, the personal care composition may include one or more detersi ve surfactants. In certain embodiments, the personal care composition may be in the form of a leave-on product that may be substantially free of cleansing or detersive surfactants. For example, leave-on compositions may comprise less than 1 % cleansing surfactants, less than 0.5% cleansing surfactants, or 0% cleansing surfactants
If and when present, the detersive surfactant component can be included to provide cleaning performance to the composition. The detersive surfactant component in turn can comprise anionic detersive surfactant, zwitterionic or amphoteric detersive surfactant, or a combination thereof. Such surfacta ts should be physically and chemically compatible with the essential components described herein, or should not otherwise unduly impair product stability, aesthetics or performance.
Suitable anionic detersive surfactant components for use in the composition herein include those which are known for use in hair care or other personal care cleansing compositions. When included, the concentration of the anionic surfactant component in the composition can preferably be sufficient to provide the desired cleaning and lather performance, which generally can range from about 1 %, 2.5%, 5%, 7.5%, 10%, 12.5%, or 15% to about 50%, 40%, 30%, 25%, 20%, or 10%, by weight of the composition.
Suitable anionic surfactants suitable for use in the compositions are the alkyl and alkyl ether sulfates. These materials have the respective formulae ROSO3M and RO(C2H40)xS03M, wherein R is alkyl or alkenyl of from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms, x is an integer having a value of from 1 to 10, and M is a cation such as ammonium, alkanolamines, such as triethanolamine, monovalent metals, such as sodium and potassium, and polyvalent metal cations, such as magnesium, and calcium.
In certain embodiments, R has from about 8 to about 1 8 carbon atoms, from about 10 to about 16 carbon atoms, or from about 12 to about 14 carbon atoms, in both the alkyl and alkyl ether sulfates. The alkyl ether sulfates are typically made as condensation products of ethylene oxide and monohydric alcohols having from about 8 to about 24 carbon atoms. The alcohols can be synthetic or they can be derived from fats, e.g. , coconut oil, palm kernel oil, tallow. Lauryl alcohol and straight chain alcohols derived from coconut oil or palm kernel oil are preferred. Such alcohols are reacted with between about 0 and about 10, from about 2 to about 5, or about 3, molar proportions of ethylene oxide, and the resulting mixture of molecular species having, for example, an average of 3 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol, is sulfated and neutralized.
Other suitable anionic detersive surfactants are the water-soluble salts of organic, sulfuric acid reaction products conforming to the formula [ R I -SO3-M ] where is a straight or branched chain, saturated, aliphatic hydrocarbon radical having from about 8 to about 24 or from about 10 to about 18 carbon atoms; and M is a cation described hereinbefore.
Still other suitable anionic detersive surfactants are the reaction products of fatty acids esteri fied with isethionic acid and neutralized with sodium hydroxide where, for example, the fatty acids are derived from coconut oil or palm kernel oil; sodium or potassium salts of fatty acid amides of methyl tauride in which the fatly acids, for example, are derived from coconut oil or palm kernel oil. Other similar anionic surfactants are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,486,921 , 2,486,922, and 2,396,278.
Other anionic detersive surfactants suitable for use in the compositions are the succinnates, examples of which include disodium N-octadecylsulfosuccinnate; disodium lauryl sulfosuccinale; diammonium lauryl sulfosuccinate; tetrasodium N-( l ,2-dicarboxyethyl)-N- octadecylsul fosuccinnate; diamyl ester of sodium sulfosuccinic acid; dihexyl ester of sodium sulfosuccinic acid; and dioctyl esters of sodium sulfosuccinic acid.
Other suitable anionic detersive surfactants include olefin sulfonates having about 10 to about 24 carbon atoms. In addition to the true alkene sulfonates and a proportion of hydroxy-alkanesulfonates, the olefin sulfonates can contain minor amounts of other materials, such as alkene disulfonates depending upon the reaction conditions, proportion of reactants, the nature of the starting olefins and impurities in the olefin stock and side reactions during the sulfonation process. Λ non limiti ng example of such an alpha-ole in sulfonate mixture is described in U.S. Patent 3,332,880.
Another class of anionic detersive surfactants suitable for use in the personal care composition is beta-alkyloxy alkane sulfonates. These surfactants conform to the formula
Figure imgf000064_0001
where R ' is a straight chain alkyl group having from about 6 to about 20 carbon atoms, is a lower alkyl group having from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms, preferably 1 carbon atom, and M is a water-soluble cation as described hereinbefore.
Suitable anionic detersive surfactants for use in the compositions include ammonium lauryl sulfate, ammonium laureth sulfate, triethylamine lauryl sulfate, triethylamine laureth sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, triethanolaminc laureth sulfate, monoethanolamine lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine laureth sulfate, diethanolamine lauryl sulfate, diethanolamine laureth sulfate, lauric monoglyceride sodium sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium laureth sulfate, potassium lauryl sulfate, potassium laureth sulfate, sodium lauryl sarcosinate, sodium lauroyl sarcosinate, lauryl sarcosinc, cocoyl sarcosine, ammonium cocoyl sulfate, ammonium lauroyl sulfate, sodium cocoyl sulfate, sodium lauroyl sulfate, potassium cocoyl sulfate, potassium lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine cocoyl sulfate, monoethanolamine lauryl sulfate, sodium tridecyl benzene sulfonate, sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate, sodium cocoyl isethionate and combinations thereof. Suitable amphoteric or zwitterionic detersive' surfactants for use in the composition herein include those which are known for use in hair care or other personal care cleansing. Amphoteric detersive surfactants suitable for use in the composition are well known in the art, and include those surfactants broadly described as derivatives of aliphatic secondary and tertiary amines in which the aliphatic radical can be straight or branched chain and wherein one of the aliphatic substituents contains from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms and one contains an anionic group such as carboxy, sul fonate, sulfate, phosphate, or phosphonate. Preferred amphoteric detersive surfactant's for use in the present invention include cocoamphoacetate, cocoamphodiacetate, lauroamphoacetate, lauroamphodiacetate, and mixtures thereof. Non limiting examples of suitable zwilterionic or amphoteric surfactants are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5, 104,646 and 5, 106,609.
Zwilterionic detersive surfactants suitable for use in the composition are well known in the art, and include those surfactants broadly described as derivatives of aliphatic quaternary ammonium, phosphonium, and sulfonium compounds, in which the aliphatic radicals can be straight or branched chain, and wherein one of the aliphatic substituents contains from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms and one contains an anionic group such as carboxy, sulfonate, sulfate, phosphate or phosphonate. Zwiltcrionics such as betaines are preferred.
Suitable optional surfactants include nonionic and cationic surfactants. Any such surfactant known in the art for use in hair or personal care products may be used, provided that the optional additional surfactant is also chemically and physically compatible with the essential components of the composition, or does not otherwise unduly impair product performance, aesthetics or stability. Non limiting examples of other anionic, zwitterionic, amphoteric or optional additional surfactants suitable for use in the compositions are described in McCutcheon's, Einiilsifiers and Detergents, 2010 Annual Ed., published by M. C. Publishing Co., and U.S . Pat. Nos. 3,929,678, 2,658,072, 2,438,091 , and 2,528,378.
Any other suitable optional component can also be included in the personal care composition of the present invention, such as those ingredients that are conventionally used in given product types. The Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition, 2010, describes a wide variety of nonlimiting functional materials that can be added to the composition herein. Examples of these functional classes include, but are not limited to: abrasives, absorbents, fragrances, anti-acne agents, anti- caking agents, antifoaming agents, antimicrobial agents (e.g. , iodopropyl butylcarbamate), antifungal agents, antioxidants, binders, buffering agents, bulking agents, chelating agents, colorants, cosmetic astringents, cosmetic biocides, denaturants, drug astringents, external analgesics, film formers, opacifying agents, pH adjusters, plant derivatives, plant extracts, plant tissue extracts, plant seed extracts, plant oils, botanicals, botanical extracts, preservatives, propellants, reducing agents, sebum control agents, sequestrants, skin bleaching agents, skin- conditioning agents {e.g. humectants and occlusive agents), and skin protectants. Other suitable optional person care ingredients include materials listed in paragraphs 5 13-839 of U.S Patent Application No. 2010/01 12100.
Exemplary Personal Care Composition
The following formulations are non-limiting prophetic examples of suitable person care compositions. Where applicable, ingredients are referenced by INCI name. While particular embodiments of the subject invention have been described, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications to the subject invention can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
Exam ples
(values are weigh! ) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 U 12
PHASE A
q.s to
DC-9040 * 1 5.10 13.5
100
15 32.7
DC-9045 *2 15 14.0 14.0
5
q.s to
PEG-4
100
Dimethicone 4.10 6 6 5.2 5.2
Polymethylsilsesquioxan
4. 10 7.5 0.5 0.5 e *3
Polyethylene beads *4 2.0 2.0
15 q.s to
Cyclomethicone 1 1.4 23.5 15 10.0 1.05 1.05
100
SG-210 *5 5.40 2.5
KSG-3 10 *6 20.0
Polyethylene wax *7 2.05
DC-2503 Cosmetic Wax
3.77 1 .5
*8
Abil EM97 *9 0.45 0.45
0.37
F 6017 *10
5
Cetyl Ricinoleale 0.25
KTZ Fine Ti02 coated
1 .00
Mica * 1 1
Dow Corning 1503 *12 3 3 3.5 3.5
Octisalate 4.0 4.0
Homosalate 4.0 4.0
Octocrylcne 1 .5 1.5
Avoben/ene 2.0 2.0
Isopropyl
7.5 7.5
Lauroylsarcosiiuue
Tospearl 145A * I 3 10 10
Prestige Fire Red 1 1 S2
0.1 0.1
* 14
Microlhene FN-510 * 15 9 9 10.0 10.0
Petrolatum 0.5 Examples
(values are weight %) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 1 12
Isohexadecane 3.0 3.0
Isopropyl Isostearatc 1.0 1.0
Stearic Acid 0.4 0.4
Cetearyl Glucoside 0.2 0.5 0.2
Cetyl Alcohol 1.0 1.3 1.0
Stearyl Alcohol 20.0
Magnesium Sulfate
3.0 Anhydrous
PEG/PEG-300/55
2.0 Copolymer
Tcgo Care CP *16 1.78
Econol TM-22 * 17 0.80
Distearyldimoiiium
0.25 chloride
l lydroxypropylcellulosc
Petrolatum 0.5 0.15
Fragrance 0.10 0.2 0.2
PHASE
Glycerin 10.0 10.0 1 1 1 1 10 10.0 2.0 10.0 2.0
Pantlienol 0.5 1 .00 0.7 0.7 1 .0 1 .0 1 .0
Pentylene Glycol 3.00
Propylene Glycol 1 .00 1 .0 1 .0 1.0
Bulylene Glycol 1 .00 1 .0 1.0 1.0
Tocopherol Acetate 0.50 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
N-Acctyl Ghicosamine 0.50 2.0 2.0
I lexamidine
0. 10
Diisethanoatc * I 8
Niacinamide 5.00 4.00 5.00 5.00 5 5.0 2.5 5.0 2.5
Meihylparaben 0.20 0.10 0.1
Ethylparaben 0.05 0.10 0.1 o. i- 0.1
Benzyl Alcohol 0.25 0.50 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.1
Propyl Paraben 0.10 0.1 0.1
Disodium EDTA 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1
Polysorbate 20 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8
Glydanl Plus Liquid *19 0.3 0.3
Laurclh-4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Sucrose
0.5
Polvcotlonsecdale
Allantoin 0.1 0.2 0.2
Prodew 400 *20
GLW75CAP-MP *2 I 0.35 0.35
Hydrolyzcd wheat
2.0
protein
Menthol 0.5
Vanillyl alcohol isoaniyl
0.05 ether monophosphate
Sodium Chloride 0.50
.0002
ED&C Red No. 40
5
FD&C Blue 1 .0001
Scpigel 305 *22 1 .6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 q.s to q.s to q.s to q.s to q.s to q.s to q.s to q.s to q.s to
VVaier
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Di-Amido Gellanl *23 0.001 - 10% 1. 12.5% Dimethicone Crosspolymer in Cyclopentasi!oxane. Available from Dow Corning.
2. Dimethicone Crosspolymer in Cyclopentasiloxane. Available from Dow Corning.
3. E.g.,Tospcarl 1 5A or Tospcarl 2000. Available from GE Toshiba Silicone
4. PFM (250-500 μηι) colored beads from obo.
5. 2S Dimethicone PEG- 10/15 Crosspolymer in Dimethicone. Available from Shin-Etsu
6. PEG- I 5/Lauryl Dimethicone Crosspolymer in Mineral Oil from Shin-Elsu.
7. Jeenate 3H polyethylene wax. Available from Jeen
8. Stcaryl Dimethicone. Available from Dow Corning.
9. Bis-PEG/PPG- 14/14 Dimethicone. Available from Degnssa
10. PEG- 10 Dimethicone. Available from Shin-Etsu.
1 1. Hydrophobically modified Ti02 coated Mica. Available from Kobo.
12. Dimcthicone/Dimelhicondl blend from Dow Corning.
13. Polymclhylsilsesquioxane from General Electric.
14. Mica and iron oxides from Eckart.
15. Polyethylene powder available from Equistar.
16. Dioleoylethyl hydroxyethylmonium methosulfate mixture available from Degussa Care & Surface Specialties, Hopewell, VA.
17. Behcnyltrimethylammonium chloride in carrier available from Sanyo Performance Chemicals, JP.
18. Hexamidine diisethionate, availabile from Laboratoires Scrobiologiques.
1 . DMDM Hydrantoin and Iodopropynyl Butylcarbamate blend available from Lonza, Inc.
20. Available from Ajinomolo U.S.A., Inc., Paramus NJ.
21 . Ti02 with water, glycerine, polyacrylate, and methylparaben available from Kobo Products.
22. Polyacrylamide, C13- I4 Isoparaffin, and Laureth-7 blend from Seppic.
23. While not to be read as limiting, exemplary di-amido gellants include dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(propane- 1 ,3- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-mcthyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1 -diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(propane- 1 ,3- diylbis(iizanediyl))bis(l -oxo-3-phenylpropane-2, 1 -diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(hexane- 1 ,6- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l -oxo-3-phcnylpropane-2, l -diyl)dicarbamate; and N, N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(octane- 1 , 8- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-melhyl- l -oxobutane-2, l -diyl)dibcnzamide. In certain examples, the di-amido gellanl amounts may be from about 0.01 % to about 1 %.
For example 1 , combine the ingredients of Phase A in a suitable container. In a separate suitable container, combine the ingredients of Phase B. Heat each phase to 75-80°C while mixing each phase using a suitable mixer (e.g.. Anchor blade, propeller blade) until each reaches temperature and is homogenous. Slowly add Phase B to Phase A while continuing to mix Phase A. Continue mixing unti l batch is uniform. Homogenize product with Ultra-Turrax homogenizer (IKA, Inc) or equivalent and pour product into suitable containers at 75-80°C. Store the containers at room temperature without disturbing for at least 12 hours.
For examples 2-4, 7- 1 0, and 12, in a su itable container, combine the ingredients of Phase A and mix with a suitable mixer (with heat if needed) until homogenous. In a separate container, combine the ingredients of Phase B and mix with a suitable mixer (with heat if needed) until homogenous. Slowly add Phase B to Phase A while continuing to mix Phase A. Continue mixing (with heat if needed) until batch is uniform. Homogenize product with Ultra-Turrax homogenizer (IKA, Inc) or equivalent and pour product into suitable containers.
For examples 5-6 and 1 1 , in a suitable vessel, the ingredients are combined and mixed (with heat if needed) until uni form; the composition may be warmed to dissolve all ingredients. Once the composition is uniform, the product is poured into suitable containers.
In all examples, the di-amido gellant may be added via a premix containing the designed amount of di-amido gellant and suitable amount of carrier fluid from the phase to be structured. Methods of Using the Personal Care Compositions
The personal care compositions of the present invention may be useful for improving or regulating a number of keratinous tissue conditions. As used in relation to methods of using the personal care compositions, "regulating" means maintaining skin appearance and/or feel of the keratinous tissue with little to no degradation in appearance and/or feel, and "improving" means affecting a positive change in keratinous tissue appearance and/or feel. The keratinous tissue appearance and/or feel benefit may be an acute or chronic benefit.
Keratinous tissue conditions that may be regulated or improved include, but are not limited to thickening kerati nous tissue {e.g. , building the epidermis and/or dermis and/or subcutaneous layers of the skin or lips and where applicable the keratinous layers of the nail and hair shaft including eye lashes), atrophy, softening and/or smoothing, itch, appearance of dark under-eye circles and/or puffy eyes, sallowness, sagging (e.g. , glycation), tanning, desquamating, exfoliating, and/or increasing turnover in mammalian skin, pores size, oily/shiny appearance, hyperpigmentation such as post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation, spider vessels and/or red blotchiness on mammalian skin, fine lines and wrinkles, dryness (e.g. , roughness, scaling, flak ing), cellulite, and acne.
Other keratinous conditions that may be regulated or improved include signs of skin aging including, but not limited to, all outward visibly and tactilely perceptible manifestations, as well as any macro- or micro-effects, due to keratinous tissue aging. These signs may result from processes which include, but are not limited to, the development of textural discontinuities such as wrinkles and coarse deep wrinkles, fine lines, skin lines, crevices, bumps, large pores, unevenness or roughness; loss of skin elasticity; discoloration (including undereye circles); blotchiness; sallowness; hyperpigmented skin regions such as age spots and freckles; keratoses; abnormal differentiation; hyperkeratinization; elastosis; collagen breakdown, and other histological changes in the stratum corneum, dermis, epidermis, vascular system (e.g. , telangiectasia or spider vessels), and underlying tissues (e.g. , fat and/or muscle), especially those proximate to the skin.
The personal care compositions of the present invention may be useful for improving or regulating insult-affected keratinous tissue. "Insult-affected keratinous tissue," means keratinous tissue which exhibits discomfort, irritation, an unpleasant or irregular appearance, and the like, for example after exposure to a physical and/or chemical irritant. Non-limiting examples of insult-affected keratinous tissue include burn (e.g. , sunburns, windburn, chemical or thermal burns); rashes (e.g. , diaper rash, shaving rash and allergen-induced rashes); discoloration (e.g.. bleaching, staining, hyperpigmentation); nicks and cuts (e.g. , shaving insults); and dry, chapped or rough skin (e.g. , due to exposure to example wind, cold and/or low humidity). Non-limiting examples of insults include radiation, wind, low humidity, allergens, pollutants, chemical and natural irritants, bodily fluids, bodily waste, excessive moisture, bacteria, fungi, etc.
Regulating and improving keratinous tissue condition involves topically applying to the keratinous tissue a safe and effective amount of a composition of the present invention. The amount of the composition that is applied, the frequency of application and the period of use will vary widely depending upon the actives and other components of a given composition and the level of regulation or improvement desired.
In certain embodiments, the composition is chronically applied to the keratinous tissue and, more specifically, the skin. By "chronic topical application" is meant routine or periodic application of the composition over a time period during the subject's lifetime. Suitable time periods include at least about one week, at least about one month, at least about three months, at least about six months, and at least about one year. Typically applications would be on the order of about once per day over such extended periods, however application rates can vary from about once per week up to about three times per day or more.
A wide range of quantities of the compositions of the present invention can be employed to provide a skin appearance and/or feel benefit. Quantities of the present compositions, which are typically applied per application, are, in mg of composition per cm^ of keratinous tissue and, more specifically, the skin. A suitable application quantity is from about 0.1 mg/cm^ to about 20 mg/cm^ or from about 0.5 mg/cm^ to about 10 mg/cm^.
Suitable keratinous tissues to which the compositions may be employed include any part of the external portion of the face, hair, and/or nails. For example, the personal care composition may be applied to the face, lips, under-eye area, eyelids, scalp, neck, torso, arms, hands, legs, fingernails, toenails, scalp hair, eyelashes, eyebrows, and the like. In one embodiment the personal care composition is applied to a "facial skin surface," which refers to one or more of the forehead, periorbital, cheek, perioral, chin, and nose skin surfaces.
Leave-on compositions may be left on the keratinous tissue for a period of at least about
15 minutes, at least about 30 minutes, at least about 1 hour, or for several hours (e.g. , over 12 hours).
The application of the present compositions may be done using, e.g. , the palms of the hands and/or fingers, an implement, e.g., a cotton ball, swab, pad etc.
The composition can be dispensed from a bottle, jar, tube, sachet, pouch, container, bottle, vial, ampoule, compact, etc. or can be integrally contained within a delivery form such as a wipe. The application of the present compositions may be done using the palms of the hands and/or fingers. The application may also be done with the aid of a device or implement such as a cotton ball, swab, pad, brush, eye dropper, puff, sponge, wand, wipe, foam, nonwoven substrate, mask, roll-on applicator, stick applicator, applicator pen, spray applicator, atomizer, razor, etc. The active may be contained in a rupturable pouch between two substrates.
Test Methods
1. Turbidity (NTU) - The turbidity (measured in NTU: Nephelometric Turbidity Units) is measured using a l lach 21 OOP turbidity meter calibrated according to the procedure provided by the manufacture. The sample vials are filled with 15ml of representative sample and capped and cleaned according to the operating instructions. If necessary, the samples are degassed to remove any bubbles either by applying a vacuum or using an ultrasonic bath (see operating manual for procedure). The turbidity is measured using the automatic range selection.
2. Viscosity - Viscosities are measured on a Brookfield viscometer using a T-C bar spindle with a heliopath setting at 5 rpm at 25°C
3. Minimum gelling concentration (MGC) - MGC is calculated by a tube inversion method based on R.G. Weiss, P. Terech; "Molecular Gels: Materials with self-assembled fibrillar structures" 2006, Springer, p. 243. In order to determine the MGC, three screenings are done: a) First screening: prepare several vials increasing the di-amido gellant concentration from 0.5 % to 5.0 weight % in 0.5% steps
b) Determine in which interval the gel is formed (one inverted sample still flowing and the next one is already a strong gel). In case no gel is formed at 5%, higher concentrations are used.
c) Second screening: prepare several vials increasing the di-amido gellant concentration in 0. 1 weight % steps in the interval determined in the first screening.
d) Determine in which interval the gel is formed (one inverted sample still flowing and the next one is already a strong gel)
c) Third screening: in order to have a very precise percentage of the MGC, run a third screening in 0.025 weight % steps in the interval determined in the second screening. f) The Minimum Gelling Concentration (MGC) is the lowest concentration which forms a gel in the third screening (does not flow on inversion of the sample).
For each screening, samples are prepared and treated as follows: 8mL vials (Borosilacate glass with Teflon cap, ref. B7857D, Fisher Scientific Bioblock) are filled with 2.0000+0.0005 g (KERN ALJ 1 20-4 analytical balance with ± 0. 1 mg precision) of the liquid (comprising the liquid detergent composition and di-amido gellant) for which we want to determine the MGC. The vial is sealed with the screw cap and left for 10 minutes in an ultrasound bath (Elma Transsonic T 710 DH, 40 kHz, 9.5L, at 25 °C and operating at 100% power) in order to disperse the solid in the liquid. Complete dissolution is then achieved by heating, using a heating gun (Bosch PHG-2), and gentle mechanical stirring of the vials. It is crucial to observe a completely clear solution. Handle vials with care. While they are manufactured to resist high temperatures, a high solvent pressure may cause the vials to explode. Vials are cooled to 25°C, for l Omin in a thermostatic bath (Compatible Control Thermostats with controller CC2, D77656, Huber). Vials are inverted, left inverted for 1 minute, and then observed for which samples do not flow. After the third screening, the concentration of the sample that does not flow after this time is the MGC. For those skilled in the art, it is obvious that during heating solvent vapours may be formed, and upon cooling down the samples, these vapours can condense on top of the gel. When the vial is inverted, this condensed vapour will flow. This is discounted during the observation period. If no gels are obtained in the concentration interval, higher concentrations must be evaluated.
The dimensions and values disclosed herein are not to be understood as being strictly limited to the exact numerical values recited. Instead, unless otherwise specified, each such dimension is intended to mean both the recited value and a functionally equivalent range surrounding that value. For example, a dimension disclosed as "40 mm" is intended to mean "about 40 mm."
Every document cited herein, including any cross referenced or related patent or application, is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety unless expressly excluded or otherwise limited. The citation of any document is not an admission that it is prior aft with respect to any invention disclosed or claimed herein or that it alone, or in any combination with any other reference or references, teaches, suggests or discloses any such invention. Further, to the extent that any meaning or definition of a term in this document conflicts with any meaning or definition of the same term in a document incorporated by reference, the meaning or definition assigned to that term in this document shall govern.
While particular embodiments of the present invention have been illustrated and described, it would be obvious to those skilled in the art that various other changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. It is therefore intended to cover i n the appended claims all such changes and modifications that are within the scope of this invention.

Claims

claimed is:
A personal care composition comprising a di-amido gellant, wherein the di-amido gellant has a formula:
Figure imgf000073_0001
wherein Ri and R2 are aminofunctional end-groups which may be the same or different, and L is a linking moiety of molecular weight from 14 to 500 g/mol; and
wherein the personal care composition is a leave-on composition.
A personal care composition in the form of an emulsion comprising an aqueous phase, an oil phase, and a di-amido gellant, wherein the di-amido gellant has a formula:
Figure imgf000073_0002
wherein Ri and R2 are aminofunctional end-groups which may be the same or different, and L is a linking moiety of molecular weight from 14 to 500 g/mol.
A personal care composition comprising
a. a di-amido gellant, wherein the di-amido gellant has a formula:
Figure imgf000073_0003
wherein Ri and R2 are aminofunctional end-groups which may be the same or different, and L is a linking moiety of molecular weight from 14 to 500 g/mol; and b. an active or agent selected from a group consisting of sugar amines, vitamins, oil control agents, photosterols, hexamidine compounds, tightening agents, anti-wrinkle actives, anti-atrophy actives, flavonoids, N-acyl amino acid compounds, retinoids, peptides, particulate materials, UV actives, photostabilizers, anti-cellulite agents, desquamation actives, anti-acne actives, anti-oxidants, radical scavengers, conditioning agents, anti-inflammatory agents, tanning actives, skin lightening agents, botanical extracts, antimicrobial actives, antifungal actives, antibacterial actives, antiperspirant actives, sensates, preservatives, anti-dandruff actives, substantivity polymers, detersive surfactants, and combinations thereof.
4. The personal care composition of claims 1, 2, or 3, wherein:
L is an aliphatic linking group with a backbone chain of from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and
Ri and R2 both have the formula:
Figure imgf000074_0001
, wherein AA is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000074_0002
and R is selected from the group:
Figure imgf000074_0003
5. The personal care composition according to claims 1, 2, or 3, wherein the di-amido
gellant has a molecular weight from 150 to 1500 g/mol.
6. The personal care composition according to claims 1, 2, or 3, wherein the di-amido
gellant has a minimum gelling concentration (MGC) of from 0.1 to lOOmg/mL.
7. The personal care composition according to claims 1, 2, or 3, wherein the di-amido
gellant is selected from the group: dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(ethane-l,2- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(propane- 1 ,3 -diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3 -methyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1 -diyl)dicarbamate ; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-1 , l'-(butane- 1 ,4-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- l-oxobutane-2, 1- diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(pentane-l,5-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l- oxobutane-2, l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-1 , l'-(hexane- 1,6- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-
1 , 1 '-(heptane- 1 ,7-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1 -diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(octane-l,8-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l- diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(nonane-l,9-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l- oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(decane-l,10- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(undecane- 1,11 -diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1 -diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(dodecane-l,12-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l- diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(tridecane-l,13-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(hexadecane-l,16- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(octodecane- 1 , 18-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1 -diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(tetradecane-l,14-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane- 2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(ethane-l,2-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l- oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(propane-l,3- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-1,1'- (butane-l,4-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; Ν,Ν'- (2S,2'S)- 1 , l'-(pentane- 1 ,5-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3 -methyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1- diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(hexane-l,6-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l- oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(heptane-l,7- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide,; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-1,1'- (octane-l,8-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; Ν,Ν'- (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(nonane-l,9-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l- diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(decane-l,10-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l- oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(undecane-l,ll- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-1,1'- (dodecane-l,12-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(tridecane-l,13-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l- diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(hexadecane-l,16-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(octadecane-l,18- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl-l-oxobutane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide, N,N'-(2S,2'S)-1,1'- (tetradecane- 1 , 14-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(3-methyl- 1 -oxobutane-2, 1 -diyl)dibenzamide; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(ethane-l,2-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l- diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(propane-l,3-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l- oxopropane-2, l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-1 , l'-(butane- 1,4- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-1,1'- (pentane-l,5-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(hexane-l,6-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(heptane-l,7-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l- diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(octane-l,8-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane- 2, 1 -diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S ,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(nonane- 1 ,9-diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 - oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(decane-l,10- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-1,1'- (undecane- 1,11 -diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l -oxopropane-2, l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(dodecane-l,12-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S ,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(tridecane- 1,13 -diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 -oxopropane-2, 1 - diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(hexadecane- 1 , 16-diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 - oxopropane-2, l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , l'-(octadecane- 1,18- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-1,1'- (tetradecane-l,14-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(ethane-l,2-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l- diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(propane-l,3-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3- phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(butane-l,4- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '- (pentane- 1 , 5 -diy Ibis (azanediyl))bis ( 1 -oxo- 3 -phenylpropane-2 , 1 -diyl)dic arbamate ; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(hexane-l,6-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l- diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(heptane-l,7-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3- phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(nonane-l,9- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate, dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(decane- 1 , 10-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l -oxo-3-phenylpropane-2, 1 -diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S ,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(undecane- 1,11 -diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 -oxo-3 -phenylpropane-2, 1 - diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S ,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(dodecane- 1 , 12-diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 -oxo-3 - phenylpropane-2, 1 -diy l)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-1 , l'-(tridecane- 1, 13- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , 1 '-(hexadecane- 1 , 16-diylbis(azanediyl))bis( l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2, 1- diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(octadecane-l,18-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3- phenylpropane-2, 1 -diyl)dicarbamate; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)- 1 , l'-(tetradecane- 1,14- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-1,1'- (nonane-l,9-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; Ν,Ν'- (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(decane-l,10-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l- diyl)dibenzamide,; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(undecane-l,l l-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3- phenylpropane-2, 1 -diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , l'-(dodecane- 1,12- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-1,1'- (tridecane- 1,13 -diylbis(azanediyl))bis( 1 -oxo-3 -phenylpropane-2, 1 -diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(hexadecane-l,16-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l- diyl)dibenzamide,; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(octadecane-l,18-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3- phenylpropane-2, 1 -diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , l'-(tetradecane- 1,14- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-1,1'- (ethane-l,2-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; Ν,Ν'- (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(propane-l,3-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l- diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(butane-l,4-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3- phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(pentane-l,5- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-1,1'- (hexane-l,6-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; Ν,Ν'- (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(heptane-l,7-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l- diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(octane-l,8-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3- phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(ethane-l,2- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(propane- l,3-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-1,1'- (butane-l,4-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)- l,l'-(pentane-l,5-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; Ν,Ν'- (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(hexane-l,6-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(heptane-l,7-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l- diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(octane-l,8-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane- 2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(nonane-l,9-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l- oxopropane-2, l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , l'-(decane- 1,10- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(undecane- l,l l-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide, N,N'-(2S,2'S)-1,1'- (dodecane-l,12-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; Ν,Ν'- (2S,2'S)-l,l'-(tridecane-l,13-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(hexadecane-l,16-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l- diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)-l,l'-(octadecane-l,18-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l- oxopropane-2, l-diyl)dibenzamide; N,N'-(2S,2'S)- 1 , l'-(tetradecane- 1,14- diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxopropane-2,l-diyl)dibenzamide; dibenzyl (2S,2'S)-1,1'- (octane-l,8-diylbis(azanediyl))bis(l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2,l-diyl)dicarbamate; and mixtures of thereof.
8. The personal care composition of claims 1 and 3 wherein the personal care composition is an emulsion having an aqueous phase and an oil phase.
9. The personal care composition of claims 2 and 8 wherein the di-amido gellant structures the aqueous phase.
10. The personal care composition of claims 2 and 8 wherein the di-amido gellant structures the oil phase.
11. The personal care composition of claims 2 and 8 further comprising an emulsifier.
PCT/US2012/042228 2011-06-13 2012-06-13 Personal care compositions comprising a di-amido gellant and methods of using WO2012174096A2 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201280028925.6A CN103930167A (en) 2011-06-13 2012-06-13 Personal care compositions comprising a di-amido gellant and methods of using
JP2014515956A JP2014524901A (en) 2011-06-13 2012-06-13 Personal care compositions containing diamide gelling agents and methods of use
EP12729303.3A EP2717966A2 (en) 2011-06-13 2012-06-13 Personal care compositions comprising a di-amido gellant and methods of using

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201161496303P 2011-06-13 2011-06-13
US61/496,303 2011-06-13

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012174096A2 true WO2012174096A2 (en) 2012-12-20
WO2012174096A3 WO2012174096A3 (en) 2014-06-12

Family

ID=46331720

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2012/042228 WO2012174096A2 (en) 2011-06-13 2012-06-13 Personal care compositions comprising a di-amido gellant and methods of using

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (1) EP2717966A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2014524901A (en)
CN (1) CN103930167A (en)
WO (1) WO2012174096A2 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015099074A1 (en) * 2013-12-25 2015-07-02 日産化学工業株式会社 Stick-shaped base material containing lipid-peptide compound
US9744116B2 (en) 2013-09-18 2017-08-29 L'oreal High color intensity and easily removable mascara
US10111824B2 (en) 2014-12-29 2018-10-30 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Cosmetic emulsions
US10406081B2 (en) 2014-12-29 2019-09-10 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Multifunctional base emulsion
WO2020069251A1 (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 L'oreal Mineral sunscreen compositions with improved efficacy

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104039396A (en) * 2011-06-13 2014-09-10 宝洁公司 PERSONAL CARE COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING A pH TUNEABLE GELLANT AND METHODS OF USING
JP6185278B2 (en) * 2012-05-01 2017-08-23 ロート製薬株式会社 Composition for external use
EP3405165B1 (en) * 2016-01-20 2022-01-05 Sun Chemical Corporation Optically diffusing particles

Citations (101)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US34075A (en) 1862-01-07 Improved device for closing doors
US2396278A (en) 1933-11-15 1946-03-12 Procter & Gamble Detergent composition
US2438091A (en) 1943-09-06 1948-03-16 American Cyanamid Co Aspartic acid esters and their preparation
US2486922A (en) 1945-11-09 1949-11-01 Procter & Gamble Stabilized detergent composition
US2486921A (en) 1944-10-16 1949-11-01 Procter & Gamble Detergent composition
US2528378A (en) 1947-09-20 1950-10-31 John J Mccabe Jr Metal salts of substituted quaternary hydroxy cycloimidinic acid metal alcoholates and process for preparation of same
US2658072A (en) 1951-05-17 1953-11-03 Monsanto Chemicals Process of preparing amine sulfonates and products obtained thereof
US2694668A (en) 1952-03-10 1954-11-16 Abbott Lab Liquid multiple vitamin preparation and process of preparing the same
US2809971A (en) 1955-11-22 1957-10-15 Olin Mathieson Heavy-metal derivatives of 1-hydroxy-2-pyridinethiones and method of preparing same
US3152046A (en) 1956-11-09 1964-10-06 Kapral Ales Maria Selenium disulfide dispersions
US3236733A (en) 1963-09-05 1966-02-22 Vanderbilt Co R T Method of combatting dandruff with pyridinethiones metal salts detergent compositions
US3332880A (en) 1965-01-04 1967-07-25 Procter & Gamble Detergent composition
US3439088A (en) 1964-06-16 1969-04-15 Exxon Research Engineering Co Cosmetic preparations-wax rouge and foundation make-up
US3753196A (en) 1971-10-05 1973-08-14 Kulite Semiconductor Products Transducers employing integral protective coatings and supports
US3755560A (en) 1971-06-30 1973-08-28 Dow Chemical Co Nongreasy cosmetic lotions
US3761418A (en) 1967-09-27 1973-09-25 Procter & Gamble Detergent compositions containing particle deposition enhancing agents
US3818105A (en) 1971-08-23 1974-06-18 Exxon Research Engineering Co Composition and process for lubricating the skin
US3929678A (en) 1974-08-01 1975-12-30 Procter & Gamble Detergent composition having enhanced particulate soil removal performance
US3958581A (en) 1972-05-17 1976-05-25 L'oreal Cosmetic composition containing a cationic polymer and divalent metal salt for strengthening the hair
US3962418A (en) 1972-12-11 1976-06-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Mild thickened shampoo compositions with conditioning properties
US4032661A (en) 1972-07-20 1977-06-28 Wilkinson Sword Limited Cyclic sulphoxides and sulphones having a physiological cooling action on the human body
US4089945A (en) 1975-06-30 1978-05-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Antidandruff shampoos containing metallic cation complex to reduce in-use sulfide odor
US4136163A (en) 1971-02-04 1979-01-23 Wilkinson Sword Limited P-menthane carboxamides having a physiological cooling effect
US4197865A (en) 1975-07-04 1980-04-15 L'oreal Treating hair with quaternized polymers
US4217914A (en) 1974-05-16 1980-08-19 L'oreal Quaternized polymer for use as a cosmetic agent in cosmetic compositions for the hair and skin
US4230688A (en) 1972-04-18 1980-10-28 Wilkinson Sword Limited Acyclic carboxamides having a physiological cooling effect
US4323683A (en) 1980-02-07 1982-04-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Process for making pyridinethione salts
US4345080A (en) 1980-02-07 1982-08-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Pyridinethione salts and hair care compositions
US4379753A (en) 1980-02-07 1983-04-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Hair care compositions
US4381919A (en) 1975-07-04 1983-05-03 Societe Anonyme Dite: L'oreal Hair dye composition containing quaternized polymers
US4421769A (en) 1981-09-29 1983-12-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Skin conditioning composition
US4422853A (en) 1974-05-16 1983-12-27 L'oreal Hair dyeing compositions containing quaternized polymer
US4470982A (en) 1980-12-22 1984-09-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Shampoo compositions
US4507280A (en) 1979-07-02 1985-03-26 Clairol Incorporated Hair conditioning composition and method for use
US4529586A (en) 1980-07-11 1985-07-16 Clairol Incorporated Hair conditioning composition and process
US4663158A (en) 1979-07-02 1987-05-05 Clairol Incorporated Hair conditioning composition containing cationic polymer and amphoteric surfactant and method for use
US4677120A (en) 1985-07-31 1987-06-30 Molecular Design International Topical prodrugs for treatment of acne and skin diseases
US4885107A (en) 1987-05-08 1989-12-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Shampoo compositions
US4885311A (en) 1987-06-29 1989-12-05 Molecular Design International Topical transretinoids for treatment of acne and skin diseases
US4970252A (en) 1989-02-15 1990-11-13 Shin-Etsu Chemical Company, Ltd. Oily paste composition
US4976953A (en) 1987-03-06 1990-12-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Skin conditioning/cleansing compositions containing propoxylated glycerol derivatives
US5049584A (en) 1988-12-14 1991-09-17 Molecular Design International Dermal uses of cis-retinoids for the treatment of cancer
US5104646A (en) 1989-08-07 1992-04-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Vehicle systems for use in cosmetic compositions
US5106609A (en) 1990-05-01 1992-04-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Vehicle systems for use in cosmetic compositions
US5124356A (en) 1987-06-29 1992-06-23 Molecular Design International, Inc. Dermal uses of trans-retinoids for the treatment of photoaging
US5143722A (en) 1986-12-19 1992-09-01 Revlon, Inc. Cosmetic makeup compositions comprising water-in-oil emulsions containing pigment
US5236986A (en) 1991-02-27 1993-08-17 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Silicone polymers and water-dispersable, pasty silicone oil compositions comprising the same
WO1993023028A1 (en) 1992-05-18 1993-11-25 Jean Morelle Dipalmitoylhydroxyproline and oleoylmethionine containing composition
US5266592A (en) 1991-04-05 1993-11-30 Haarmann & Reimer Gmbh Compositions which have a physiological cooling effect, and active compounds suitable for these compositions
US5412004A (en) 1991-11-21 1995-05-02 Kose Corporation Silicone polymer, paste-like silicone composition, and w/o-type cosmetic composition comprising the same
US5413781A (en) 1991-01-17 1995-05-09 Dow Corning Corporation Alkylmethylsiloxanes for skin care
US5607980A (en) 1995-07-24 1997-03-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Topical compositions having improved skin feel
US5652228A (en) 1993-11-12 1997-07-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Topical desquamation compositions
US5654362A (en) 1996-03-20 1997-08-05 Dow Corning Corporation Silicone oils and solvents thickened by silicone elastomers
US5674478A (en) 1996-01-12 1997-10-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Hair conditioning compositions
US5681852A (en) 1993-11-12 1997-10-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Desquamation compositions
US5686367A (en) 1995-02-14 1997-11-11 Tdk Corporation Semiconducting ceramic composition having positive temperature coefficient of resistance and production process thereof
US5686082A (en) 1992-12-24 1997-11-11 L'oreal Cosmetic or pharmaceutical composition containing a combination of a polyphenol and a ginkgo extract
US5725845A (en) 1995-11-03 1998-03-10 Revlon Consumer Products Corporation Transfer resistant cosmetic stick compositions with semi-matte finish
US5750122A (en) 1996-01-16 1998-05-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Compositions for treating hair or skin
US5760116A (en) 1996-09-05 1998-06-02 General Electric Company Elastomer gels containing volatile, low molecular weight silicones
US5811487A (en) 1996-12-16 1998-09-22 Dow Corning Corporation Thickening silicones with elastomeric silicone polyethers
US5837793A (en) 1996-03-22 1998-11-17 Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co., Ltd. Silicone rubber powder and method for the preparation thereof
US5922758A (en) 1994-09-21 1999-07-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods and compositions employing 2,4-dienoic acid esters of tocopherols to prevent or reduce skin damage
US5939082A (en) 1995-11-06 1999-08-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods of regulating skin appearance with vitamin B3 compound
US5993789A (en) 1999-03-25 1999-11-30 The C.P. Hall Company Photostable sunscreen compositions containing dibenzoylmethane derivative, E.G., parsol® 1789, and diesters or polyesters of naphthalene dicarboxylic acid photostabilizers and enhancers of the sun protection factor (SPF)
US5997887A (en) 1997-11-10 1999-12-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Skin care compositions and method of improving skin appearance
US6113931A (en) 1999-03-25 2000-09-05 The C.P. Hall Company Clear formulations containing diesters or polyesters of naphthalene dicarboxylic acid
US6126925A (en) 1999-03-25 2000-10-03 The C. P. Hall Company Photostable sunscreen compositions containing dibenzoylmethane derivative, e.g., PARSOL® 1789, and diesters of naphthalene dicarboxylic acid photostabilizers and enhancers of the sun protection factor (SPF)
US6159485A (en) 1999-01-08 2000-12-12 Yugenic Limited Partnership N-acetyl aldosamines, n-acetylamino acids and related n-acetyl compounds and their topical use
US20020041889A1 (en) 1997-03-31 2002-04-11 Yoshiko Masuda Enhancing agent for degradation of desmosomes or stratum corneum desquamation
US20020131948A1 (en) 1999-03-22 2002-09-19 L'oreal Tightening agent comprising at least one grafted silicone polymer
WO2002076423A2 (en) 2001-03-22 2002-10-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Skin care compositions containing a sugar amine
US6524598B2 (en) 2000-07-10 2003-02-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Cosmetic compositions
US20030108492A1 (en) 2001-07-16 2003-06-12 Em Industries Photo stable organic sunscreen compounds with antioxidant properties and compositions obtained therefrom
US20030157035A1 (en) 2001-12-20 2003-08-21 Em Industries Photo stable organic sunscreen compounds with antioxidant properties and compositions obtained therefrom
US6696049B2 (en) 2000-07-10 2004-02-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Cosmetic compositions
US20040057912A1 (en) 2002-09-17 2004-03-25 Bonda Craig A. Novel photostabilizers, UV absorbers, and methods of photostabilizing a sunscreen composition
WO2004024798A1 (en) 2002-09-12 2004-03-25 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Novel organopolysiloxane polymer, pasty composition, and cosmetic preparation containing the composition
US20040057916A1 (en) 2002-09-17 2004-03-25 The C.P. Hall Company Novel photostabilizers, UV absorbers, and methods of photostablizing a sunscreen composition
US20040057920A1 (en) 2002-09-20 2004-03-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Striped liquid personal cleansing compositions containing a cleansing phase and a seperate benefit phase
US20040062726A1 (en) 2002-09-17 2004-04-01 Bonda Craig A. Novel photostabilizers, UV absorbers, and methods of photostabilizing a sunscreen composition
US20040170586A1 (en) 2002-06-12 2004-09-02 L'oreal Cosmetic composition containing a polyorganosiloxane polymer
US20040219119A1 (en) 2003-05-01 2004-11-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Visually distinctive multiple liquid phase compositions
US6872401B2 (en) 2002-03-28 2005-03-29 L'oreal Cosmetic/dermatological compositions comprising a tetrahydrocurcuminoid and an amide oil
US20050220727A1 (en) 2002-05-02 2005-10-06 Lupia Joseph A Stabilized body care products, household products, textiles and fabrics
US20060134045A1 (en) 2004-12-17 2006-06-22 Hongjie Cao Personal care compositions comprising plant fiber
US20060147396A1 (en) 2005-01-03 2006-07-06 L'oreal Composition containing ascorbic acid
US20070020220A1 (en) 2005-04-27 2007-01-25 Procter & Gamble Personal care compositions
US20070039103A1 (en) 2005-08-17 2007-02-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Fiber and hair fiber conditioning treatment composition
US20070140993A1 (en) 2004-02-19 2007-06-21 Reckitt & Colman (Overseas) Limited Skincare compositions
US7285570B2 (en) 2003-04-17 2007-10-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Compositions and methods for regulating mammalian keratinous tissue
US20070297996A1 (en) 2006-06-22 2007-12-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Multi-phase composition comprising a sunscreen
US20080019930A1 (en) 2006-06-23 2008-01-24 L'oreal Dibenzoylmethane sunscreens photostabilized with arylalkyl amide or ester compounds
US7332529B2 (en) 2004-10-26 2008-02-19 Carr Andrew J Thermoreversible organogelators, compositions and methods of making thereof
US7357919B2 (en) 2004-10-19 2008-04-15 L'oreal Photostable photoprotective compositions comprising dibenzoylmethane and arylalkyl benzoate compounds and a compound that accepts the excited triplet level energy of said dibenzoylmethane(s)
US20080145324A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2008-06-19 L'oreal UV-photoprotective compositions comprising diebenzoylmethane screening agents and silicon-containing s-triazine compounds substituted with two aminobenzoate or aminobenzamide groups
US20100112100A1 (en) 2007-03-12 2010-05-06 L'oreal Compositions comprising a c-glycoside compound
US7713519B2 (en) 2007-08-09 2010-05-11 Hallstar Innovations Corp. Method of quenching electronic excitation of chromophore-containing organic molecules in photoactive compositions
US20100183529A1 (en) 2008-12-08 2010-07-22 L'oreal Cosmetic compositions comprising photostabilized dibenzoylmethane compounds and 2-pyrrolidinone-4- carboxy esters
US20100189669A1 (en) 2009-01-29 2010-07-29 Tomohiro Hakozaki Regulation of Mammalian Keratinous Tissue Using Skin and/or Hair Care Actives

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7820146B2 (en) * 2002-06-12 2010-10-26 L'oreal S.A. Care and/or make-up cosmetic composition structured with silicone polymers and organogelling agents, in rigid form
FR2900819B1 (en) * 2006-05-09 2010-10-15 Oreal BIS-UREE TYPE COMPOUND, COMPOSITION COMPRISING SAME, USE AND METHOD OF COSMETIC TREATMENT
US8003086B2 (en) * 2006-05-09 2011-08-23 L'oreal S.A. Bis-urea compounds and compositions and method of cosmetic treatment
FR2910807A1 (en) * 2006-12-29 2008-07-04 Oreal COSMETIC COMPOSITION INCLUDING A DERIVATIVE OF BIS UREE.
EP2365050B1 (en) * 2010-03-12 2016-08-10 The Procter and Gamble Company Di-amido gellant for use in consumer product compositions
CN104039396A (en) * 2011-06-13 2014-09-10 宝洁公司 PERSONAL CARE COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING A pH TUNEABLE GELLANT AND METHODS OF USING

Patent Citations (104)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US34075A (en) 1862-01-07 Improved device for closing doors
US2396278A (en) 1933-11-15 1946-03-12 Procter & Gamble Detergent composition
US2438091A (en) 1943-09-06 1948-03-16 American Cyanamid Co Aspartic acid esters and their preparation
US2486921A (en) 1944-10-16 1949-11-01 Procter & Gamble Detergent composition
US2486922A (en) 1945-11-09 1949-11-01 Procter & Gamble Stabilized detergent composition
US2528378A (en) 1947-09-20 1950-10-31 John J Mccabe Jr Metal salts of substituted quaternary hydroxy cycloimidinic acid metal alcoholates and process for preparation of same
US2658072A (en) 1951-05-17 1953-11-03 Monsanto Chemicals Process of preparing amine sulfonates and products obtained thereof
US2694668A (en) 1952-03-10 1954-11-16 Abbott Lab Liquid multiple vitamin preparation and process of preparing the same
US2809971A (en) 1955-11-22 1957-10-15 Olin Mathieson Heavy-metal derivatives of 1-hydroxy-2-pyridinethiones and method of preparing same
US3152046A (en) 1956-11-09 1964-10-06 Kapral Ales Maria Selenium disulfide dispersions
US3236733A (en) 1963-09-05 1966-02-22 Vanderbilt Co R T Method of combatting dandruff with pyridinethiones metal salts detergent compositions
US3439088A (en) 1964-06-16 1969-04-15 Exxon Research Engineering Co Cosmetic preparations-wax rouge and foundation make-up
US3332880A (en) 1965-01-04 1967-07-25 Procter & Gamble Detergent composition
US3761418A (en) 1967-09-27 1973-09-25 Procter & Gamble Detergent compositions containing particle deposition enhancing agents
US4136163A (en) 1971-02-04 1979-01-23 Wilkinson Sword Limited P-menthane carboxamides having a physiological cooling effect
US3755560A (en) 1971-06-30 1973-08-28 Dow Chemical Co Nongreasy cosmetic lotions
US3818105A (en) 1971-08-23 1974-06-18 Exxon Research Engineering Co Composition and process for lubricating the skin
US3753196A (en) 1971-10-05 1973-08-14 Kulite Semiconductor Products Transducers employing integral protective coatings and supports
US4230688A (en) 1972-04-18 1980-10-28 Wilkinson Sword Limited Acyclic carboxamides having a physiological cooling effect
US3958581A (en) 1972-05-17 1976-05-25 L'oreal Cosmetic composition containing a cationic polymer and divalent metal salt for strengthening the hair
US4032661A (en) 1972-07-20 1977-06-28 Wilkinson Sword Limited Cyclic sulphoxides and sulphones having a physiological cooling action on the human body
US3962418A (en) 1972-12-11 1976-06-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Mild thickened shampoo compositions with conditioning properties
US4422853A (en) 1974-05-16 1983-12-27 L'oreal Hair dyeing compositions containing quaternized polymer
US4217914A (en) 1974-05-16 1980-08-19 L'oreal Quaternized polymer for use as a cosmetic agent in cosmetic compositions for the hair and skin
US3929678A (en) 1974-08-01 1975-12-30 Procter & Gamble Detergent composition having enhanced particulate soil removal performance
US4089945A (en) 1975-06-30 1978-05-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Antidandruff shampoos containing metallic cation complex to reduce in-use sulfide odor
US4197865A (en) 1975-07-04 1980-04-15 L'oreal Treating hair with quaternized polymers
US4381919A (en) 1975-07-04 1983-05-03 Societe Anonyme Dite: L'oreal Hair dye composition containing quaternized polymers
US4663158A (en) 1979-07-02 1987-05-05 Clairol Incorporated Hair conditioning composition containing cationic polymer and amphoteric surfactant and method for use
US4507280A (en) 1979-07-02 1985-03-26 Clairol Incorporated Hair conditioning composition and method for use
US4345080A (en) 1980-02-07 1982-08-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Pyridinethione salts and hair care compositions
US4323683A (en) 1980-02-07 1982-04-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Process for making pyridinethione salts
US4379753A (en) 1980-02-07 1983-04-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Hair care compositions
US4529586A (en) 1980-07-11 1985-07-16 Clairol Incorporated Hair conditioning composition and process
US4470982A (en) 1980-12-22 1984-09-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Shampoo compositions
US4421769A (en) 1981-09-29 1983-12-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Skin conditioning composition
US4677120A (en) 1985-07-31 1987-06-30 Molecular Design International Topical prodrugs for treatment of acne and skin diseases
US5143722B1 (en) 1986-12-19 1999-08-24 Revlon Consumer Prod Corp Cosmetic makeup compositions comprising water-in-oil emulsions containing pigment
US5143722A (en) 1986-12-19 1992-09-01 Revlon, Inc. Cosmetic makeup compositions comprising water-in-oil emulsions containing pigment
US4976953A (en) 1987-03-06 1990-12-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Skin conditioning/cleansing compositions containing propoxylated glycerol derivatives
US4885107A (en) 1987-05-08 1989-12-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Shampoo compositions
US4885311A (en) 1987-06-29 1989-12-05 Molecular Design International Topical transretinoids for treatment of acne and skin diseases
US5124356A (en) 1987-06-29 1992-06-23 Molecular Design International, Inc. Dermal uses of trans-retinoids for the treatment of photoaging
US5049584A (en) 1988-12-14 1991-09-17 Molecular Design International Dermal uses of cis-retinoids for the treatment of cancer
US4970252A (en) 1989-02-15 1990-11-13 Shin-Etsu Chemical Company, Ltd. Oily paste composition
US5104646A (en) 1989-08-07 1992-04-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Vehicle systems for use in cosmetic compositions
US5106609A (en) 1990-05-01 1992-04-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Vehicle systems for use in cosmetic compositions
US5413781A (en) 1991-01-17 1995-05-09 Dow Corning Corporation Alkylmethylsiloxanes for skin care
US5236986A (en) 1991-02-27 1993-08-17 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Silicone polymers and water-dispersable, pasty silicone oil compositions comprising the same
US5266592A (en) 1991-04-05 1993-11-30 Haarmann & Reimer Gmbh Compositions which have a physiological cooling effect, and active compounds suitable for these compositions
US5412004A (en) 1991-11-21 1995-05-02 Kose Corporation Silicone polymer, paste-like silicone composition, and w/o-type cosmetic composition comprising the same
WO1993023028A1 (en) 1992-05-18 1993-11-25 Jean Morelle Dipalmitoylhydroxyproline and oleoylmethionine containing composition
US5686082A (en) 1992-12-24 1997-11-11 L'oreal Cosmetic or pharmaceutical composition containing a combination of a polyphenol and a ginkgo extract
US5652228A (en) 1993-11-12 1997-07-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Topical desquamation compositions
US5681852A (en) 1993-11-12 1997-10-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Desquamation compositions
US5922758A (en) 1994-09-21 1999-07-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods and compositions employing 2,4-dienoic acid esters of tocopherols to prevent or reduce skin damage
US5686367A (en) 1995-02-14 1997-11-11 Tdk Corporation Semiconducting ceramic composition having positive temperature coefficient of resistance and production process thereof
US5607980A (en) 1995-07-24 1997-03-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Topical compositions having improved skin feel
US5725845A (en) 1995-11-03 1998-03-10 Revlon Consumer Products Corporation Transfer resistant cosmetic stick compositions with semi-matte finish
US5939082A (en) 1995-11-06 1999-08-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods of regulating skin appearance with vitamin B3 compound
US5674478A (en) 1996-01-12 1997-10-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Hair conditioning compositions
US5750122A (en) 1996-01-16 1998-05-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Compositions for treating hair or skin
US5654362A (en) 1996-03-20 1997-08-05 Dow Corning Corporation Silicone oils and solvents thickened by silicone elastomers
US5837793A (en) 1996-03-22 1998-11-17 Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co., Ltd. Silicone rubber powder and method for the preparation thereof
US5760116A (en) 1996-09-05 1998-06-02 General Electric Company Elastomer gels containing volatile, low molecular weight silicones
US5811487A (en) 1996-12-16 1998-09-22 Dow Corning Corporation Thickening silicones with elastomeric silicone polyethers
US20020041889A1 (en) 1997-03-31 2002-04-11 Yoshiko Masuda Enhancing agent for degradation of desmosomes or stratum corneum desquamation
US5997887A (en) 1997-11-10 1999-12-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Skin care compositions and method of improving skin appearance
US6159485A (en) 1999-01-08 2000-12-12 Yugenic Limited Partnership N-acetyl aldosamines, n-acetylamino acids and related n-acetyl compounds and their topical use
US20020131948A1 (en) 1999-03-22 2002-09-19 L'oreal Tightening agent comprising at least one grafted silicone polymer
US6126925A (en) 1999-03-25 2000-10-03 The C. P. Hall Company Photostable sunscreen compositions containing dibenzoylmethane derivative, e.g., PARSOL® 1789, and diesters of naphthalene dicarboxylic acid photostabilizers and enhancers of the sun protection factor (SPF)
US5993789A (en) 1999-03-25 1999-11-30 The C.P. Hall Company Photostable sunscreen compositions containing dibenzoylmethane derivative, E.G., parsol® 1789, and diesters or polyesters of naphthalene dicarboxylic acid photostabilizers and enhancers of the sun protection factor (SPF)
US6284916B1 (en) 1999-03-25 2001-09-04 The C.P. Hall Company Diesters of naphthalene dicarboxylic acid
US6113931A (en) 1999-03-25 2000-09-05 The C.P. Hall Company Clear formulations containing diesters or polyesters of naphthalene dicarboxylic acid
US6524598B2 (en) 2000-07-10 2003-02-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Cosmetic compositions
US6696049B2 (en) 2000-07-10 2004-02-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Cosmetic compositions
WO2002076423A2 (en) 2001-03-22 2002-10-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Skin care compositions containing a sugar amine
US20030108492A1 (en) 2001-07-16 2003-06-12 Em Industries Photo stable organic sunscreen compounds with antioxidant properties and compositions obtained therefrom
US20030157035A1 (en) 2001-12-20 2003-08-21 Em Industries Photo stable organic sunscreen compounds with antioxidant properties and compositions obtained therefrom
US6872401B2 (en) 2002-03-28 2005-03-29 L'oreal Cosmetic/dermatological compositions comprising a tetrahydrocurcuminoid and an amide oil
US20050220727A1 (en) 2002-05-02 2005-10-06 Lupia Joseph A Stabilized body care products, household products, textiles and fabrics
US20040170586A1 (en) 2002-06-12 2004-09-02 L'oreal Cosmetic composition containing a polyorganosiloxane polymer
WO2004024798A1 (en) 2002-09-12 2004-03-25 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Novel organopolysiloxane polymer, pasty composition, and cosmetic preparation containing the composition
US20040062726A1 (en) 2002-09-17 2004-04-01 Bonda Craig A. Novel photostabilizers, UV absorbers, and methods of photostabilizing a sunscreen composition
US20040057914A1 (en) 2002-09-17 2004-03-25 Bonda Craig A. Novel photostabilizers, UV absorbers, and methods of photostabilizing a sunscreen composition
US20040057916A1 (en) 2002-09-17 2004-03-25 The C.P. Hall Company Novel photostabilizers, UV absorbers, and methods of photostablizing a sunscreen composition
US20040057912A1 (en) 2002-09-17 2004-03-25 Bonda Craig A. Novel photostabilizers, UV absorbers, and methods of photostabilizing a sunscreen composition
US20040057920A1 (en) 2002-09-20 2004-03-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Striped liquid personal cleansing compositions containing a cleansing phase and a seperate benefit phase
US7285570B2 (en) 2003-04-17 2007-10-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Compositions and methods for regulating mammalian keratinous tissue
US20040219119A1 (en) 2003-05-01 2004-11-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Visually distinctive multiple liquid phase compositions
US20070140993A1 (en) 2004-02-19 2007-06-21 Reckitt & Colman (Overseas) Limited Skincare compositions
US7357919B2 (en) 2004-10-19 2008-04-15 L'oreal Photostable photoprotective compositions comprising dibenzoylmethane and arylalkyl benzoate compounds and a compound that accepts the excited triplet level energy of said dibenzoylmethane(s)
US7332529B2 (en) 2004-10-26 2008-02-19 Carr Andrew J Thermoreversible organogelators, compositions and methods of making thereof
US20060134045A1 (en) 2004-12-17 2006-06-22 Hongjie Cao Personal care compositions comprising plant fiber
US20060147396A1 (en) 2005-01-03 2006-07-06 L'oreal Composition containing ascorbic acid
US20070020220A1 (en) 2005-04-27 2007-01-25 Procter & Gamble Personal care compositions
US20080145324A1 (en) 2005-05-31 2008-06-19 L'oreal UV-photoprotective compositions comprising diebenzoylmethane screening agents and silicon-containing s-triazine compounds substituted with two aminobenzoate or aminobenzamide groups
US20070039103A1 (en) 2005-08-17 2007-02-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Fiber and hair fiber conditioning treatment composition
US20070297996A1 (en) 2006-06-22 2007-12-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Multi-phase composition comprising a sunscreen
US20080019930A1 (en) 2006-06-23 2008-01-24 L'oreal Dibenzoylmethane sunscreens photostabilized with arylalkyl amide or ester compounds
US20100112100A1 (en) 2007-03-12 2010-05-06 L'oreal Compositions comprising a c-glycoside compound
US7713519B2 (en) 2007-08-09 2010-05-11 Hallstar Innovations Corp. Method of quenching electronic excitation of chromophore-containing organic molecules in photoactive compositions
US20100183529A1 (en) 2008-12-08 2010-07-22 L'oreal Cosmetic compositions comprising photostabilized dibenzoylmethane compounds and 2-pyrrolidinone-4- carboxy esters
US20100189669A1 (en) 2009-01-29 2010-07-29 Tomohiro Hakozaki Regulation of Mammalian Keratinous Tissue Using Skin and/or Hair Care Actives

Non-Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook", 2006, article "Personal Care Product Council's"
"International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook", 2010, article "The Personal Care Product Council's"
"McCutcheon's, Emulsifiers and Detergents", 2010, M. C. PUBLISHING CO.
MCCUTCHEON'S: "Emulsifiers and Detergents", 2010, M. C. PUBLISHING CO.
P.J. KOCIENSKI: "Protecting Groups", GEORG THIEME VERLAG
R.G. WEISS; P. TERECH: "Molecular Gels: Materials with self-assembled fibrillar structures", 2006, SPRINGER, pages: 243
STRYER: "Biochemistry", 1981, W.H. FREEMAN AND COMPANY
T.W. GREENE; P.G.M. WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", JOHN WILEY& SONS, INC
UNKNOWN: "Personal Care Product Council's International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, Thirteenth Edition,", 2010

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9744116B2 (en) 2013-09-18 2017-08-29 L'oreal High color intensity and easily removable mascara
WO2015099074A1 (en) * 2013-12-25 2015-07-02 日産化学工業株式会社 Stick-shaped base material containing lipid-peptide compound
CN105848631A (en) * 2013-12-25 2016-08-10 日产化学工业株式会社 Stick-shaped base material containing lipid-peptide compound
JPWO2015099074A1 (en) * 2013-12-25 2017-03-23 日産化学工業株式会社 Stick-like substrate containing lipid peptide-type compound
US10092496B2 (en) 2013-12-25 2018-10-09 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Stick-shaped base material containing lipid peptide compound
CN112891245A (en) * 2013-12-25 2021-06-04 日产化学工业株式会社 Stick-shaped base material containing lipid peptide type compound
US10111824B2 (en) 2014-12-29 2018-10-30 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Cosmetic emulsions
US10406081B2 (en) 2014-12-29 2019-09-10 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Multifunctional base emulsion
WO2020069251A1 (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 L'oreal Mineral sunscreen compositions with improved efficacy
US10813870B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2020-10-27 L'oreal Mineral sunscreen compositions with improved efficacy

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN103930167A (en) 2014-07-16
JP2014524901A (en) 2014-09-25
WO2012174096A3 (en) 2014-06-12
EP2717966A2 (en) 2014-04-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11160734B2 (en) Personal care compositions comprising shaped abrasive particles
US9271912B2 (en) Personal care compositions comprising a pH tuneable gellant and methods of using
EP2717966A2 (en) Personal care compositions comprising a di-amido gellant and methods of using
US20230157943A1 (en) Hydrophobic topical compositions and methods for producing same
AU2017374588B2 (en) Method for improving the sensorial properties of oil-in-water emulsions
ES2345901T3 (en) COMPOSITIONS TO CLEAN THE SKIN THAT CAN BE CLEARED OR REMOVED.
JP6092900B2 (en) Sunscreen composition comprising a UV complex
ES2307811T3 (en) USE OF DIMERIC DIOLES.
EP2717967A2 (en) PERSONAL CARE COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING A pH TUNEABLE GELLANT AND METHODS OF USING
ES2401935T3 (en) Emulsifier system
JP2009507012A (en) Use of protoberberine as an active substance that regulates the activity of the pilosebaceous unit
MX2007009151A (en) Additives for bodywashes.
WO2016204836A1 (en) Multiphase compositions
US20160367091A9 (en) Personal Care Compositions Comprising a Di-Amido Gellant and Methods of Using
JP2022044035A (en) Emulsion composition
KR20050053023A (en) High lipid content sprayable emulsions
JP2005075833A (en) Emollient agent mixture for cosmetic and medicinal composition
US9241891B2 (en) Personal care compositions comprising self-assembling peptides
BR112016013110A2 (en) composite particles, composition and cosmetic methods for the care and / or makeup of a keratinous substance, to limit tanning of the skin and for the treatment of aging of a keratinous substance
AU2004238310A1 (en) Personal care compositions containing a silicone elastomer and a dispersed oil phase
WO2024003594A1 (en) Personal care compositions comprising pancratium maritimum
JP6783511B2 (en) Topical skin agent
WO2023192538A1 (en) Personal care compositions for sensitive skin and methods of use
JP2006151901A (en) Sprayable oil-in-water emulsion
JP2016522193A (en) Differentiation of standard emulsion products

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12729303

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012729303

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014515956

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A